Cleanup of HTML code
This commit is contained in:
parent
6d0764770a
commit
ed20c3a0fa
@ -1,360 +1,361 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>GNU General Public License.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Background white, links blue (unvisited), navy (visited), red (active) -->
|
||||
<BODY
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
TEXT="#000000"
|
||||
LINK="#0000FF"
|
||||
VLINK="#000080"
|
||||
ALINK="#FF0000"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||
rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||
authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||
along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>GNU General Public License.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Background white, links blue (unvisited), navy (visited), red (active) -->
|
||||
<BODY
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
TEXT="#000000"
|
||||
LINK="#0000FF"
|
||||
VLINK="#000080"
|
||||
ALINK="#FF0000"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||
rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||
authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||
along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,120 +1,121 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Hydracom License.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Background white, links blue (unvisited), navy (visited), red (active) -->
|
||||
<BODY
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
TEXT="#000000"
|
||||
LINK="#0000FF"
|
||||
VLINK="#000080"
|
||||
ALINK="#FF0000"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
HydraCom Version 1.00
|
||||
|
||||
A sample implementation of the
|
||||
HYDRA Bi-Directional File Transfer Protocol
|
||||
|
||||
HydraCom was written by
|
||||
Arjen G. Lentz, LENTZ SOFTWARE-DEVELOPMENT
|
||||
COPYRIGHT (C) 1991-1993; ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
|
||||
|
||||
The HYDRA protocol was designed by
|
||||
Arjen G. Lentz, LENTZ SOFTWARE-DEVELOPMENT and
|
||||
Joaquim H. Homrighausen
|
||||
COPYRIGHT (C) 1991-1993; ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DISCLAIMER
|
||||
|
||||
This program is provided "as is" and comes with no warranties of any
|
||||
kind, either expressed or implied. In no event shall the authors be
|
||||
liable to you or anyone else for any damages, including any lost
|
||||
profits, lost savings or other incidental or consequential damages
|
||||
arising out of the use or inability to use this software.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
HYDRACOM / SOURCE LICENSE
|
||||
|
||||
HydraCom, its associated utilities (HydraCfg) and the HydraCom
|
||||
sourcecode may be freely distributed, copied and used, no fee charged.
|
||||
All files, executables and sourcecode remain the copyrighted property
|
||||
of Arjen G. Lentz and LENTZ SOFTWARE-DEVELOPMENT.
|
||||
The distribution archives should remain intact with no files removed
|
||||
or modified. For special purposes, it is allowed to repack the
|
||||
archives using a different compression system.
|
||||
|
||||
HydraCom may be bundled up with for instance terminal or BBS packages,
|
||||
even commercial ones, provided the buyer/user is clearly informed
|
||||
about the fact that Hydra and HydraCom are free, not owned by the
|
||||
distributor/retailer in question, and is not included in any possible
|
||||
charge regarding the rest of the package. This documentation must also
|
||||
be present so the user can inform himself about Hydra and HydraCom.
|
||||
The same rules apply to inclusion in shareware and CD-ROM libraries.
|
||||
In all cases, the author of HydraCom must be given credit in any
|
||||
informational screens and literature that contain such information.
|
||||
|
||||
The Hydra/HydraCom sourcecode may also be freely used and integrated
|
||||
into other software or library, provided this is clearly stated in any
|
||||
informational screens and literature pertaining to this program, and
|
||||
credit is given to the original author. If the sourcecode of that
|
||||
program or library is released or otherwise published, the notices
|
||||
present at the top of every Hydra/HydraCom source file must be
|
||||
retained in their original unmodified form.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to the above license, everyone using any part of the
|
||||
sourcecode, programs or files is fully bound by the general license of
|
||||
the Hydra protocol as present in the Hydra protocol description
|
||||
document. For easy reference, the paragraph in question is reprinted
|
||||
below.
|
||||
|
||||
Any use of, or operation on (including copying/distributing) any of
|
||||
the above mentioned files implies full and unconditional acceptance of
|
||||
this license and disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
HYDRA PROTOCOL LICENSE
|
||||
|
||||
You are granted a license to implement the HYDRA file transfer
|
||||
protocol, HYDRA hereafter, in your own programs and/or use the sample
|
||||
source code and adapt these to your particular situation and needs;
|
||||
subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
- You must refer to it as the HYDRA file transfer protocol, and you
|
||||
must give credit to the authors of HYDRA in any information
|
||||
screens or literature pertaining to your programs that contains
|
||||
other such information (credits, your own copyrights, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
- HYDRA will always remain backwards compatible with previous
|
||||
revisions. HYDRA allows for expansion of its features without
|
||||
interfering with previous revisions. It is, however, important
|
||||
that different people do not expand the protocol in different
|
||||
directions. We therefore ask you to contact us if you have any
|
||||
needs/ideas regarding HYDRA, so development can be synchronized
|
||||
and beneficial to all.
|
||||
|
||||
- If your implementation cannot converse with past or future
|
||||
revisions as supplied by us, then you must refer to it as "HYDRA
|
||||
derived", or as "a variation of HYDRA", or words to that effect.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Hydra protocol design and HydraCom driver: Hydra protocol design:
|
||||
Arjen G. Lentz Joaquim H. Homrighausen
|
||||
LENTZ SOFTWARE-DEVELOPMENT 389, route d'Arlon
|
||||
Langegracht 7B L-8011 Strassen
|
||||
3811 BT Amersfoort Luxembourg
|
||||
The Netherlands
|
||||
FidoNet 2:283/512, AINEX-BBS +31-33-633916 FidoNet 2:270/17
|
||||
arjen_lentz@f512.n283.z2.fidonet.org joho@ae.lu
|
||||
|
||||
Please feel free to contact us at any time to share your comments about our
|
||||
software and/or licensing policies.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Hydracom License.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Background white, links blue (unvisited), navy (visited), red (active) -->
|
||||
<BODY
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
TEXT="#000000"
|
||||
LINK="#0000FF"
|
||||
VLINK="#000080"
|
||||
ALINK="#FF0000"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
HydraCom Version 1.00
|
||||
|
||||
A sample implementation of the
|
||||
HYDRA Bi-Directional File Transfer Protocol
|
||||
|
||||
HydraCom was written by
|
||||
Arjen G. Lentz, LENTZ SOFTWARE-DEVELOPMENT
|
||||
COPYRIGHT (C) 1991-1993; ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
|
||||
|
||||
The HYDRA protocol was designed by
|
||||
Arjen G. Lentz, LENTZ SOFTWARE-DEVELOPMENT and
|
||||
Joaquim H. Homrighausen
|
||||
COPYRIGHT (C) 1991-1993; ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DISCLAIMER
|
||||
|
||||
This program is provided "as is" and comes with no warranties of any
|
||||
kind, either expressed or implied. In no event shall the authors be
|
||||
liable to you or anyone else for any damages, including any lost
|
||||
profits, lost savings or other incidental or consequential damages
|
||||
arising out of the use or inability to use this software.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
HYDRACOM / SOURCE LICENSE
|
||||
|
||||
HydraCom, its associated utilities (HydraCfg) and the HydraCom
|
||||
sourcecode may be freely distributed, copied and used, no fee charged.
|
||||
All files, executables and sourcecode remain the copyrighted property
|
||||
of Arjen G. Lentz and LENTZ SOFTWARE-DEVELOPMENT.
|
||||
The distribution archives should remain intact with no files removed
|
||||
or modified. For special purposes, it is allowed to repack the
|
||||
archives using a different compression system.
|
||||
|
||||
HydraCom may be bundled up with for instance terminal or BBS packages,
|
||||
even commercial ones, provided the buyer/user is clearly informed
|
||||
about the fact that Hydra and HydraCom are free, not owned by the
|
||||
distributor/retailer in question, and is not included in any possible
|
||||
charge regarding the rest of the package. This documentation must also
|
||||
be present so the user can inform himself about Hydra and HydraCom.
|
||||
The same rules apply to inclusion in shareware and CD-ROM libraries.
|
||||
In all cases, the author of HydraCom must be given credit in any
|
||||
informational screens and literature that contain such information.
|
||||
|
||||
The Hydra/HydraCom sourcecode may also be freely used and integrated
|
||||
into other software or library, provided this is clearly stated in any
|
||||
informational screens and literature pertaining to this program, and
|
||||
credit is given to the original author. If the sourcecode of that
|
||||
program or library is released or otherwise published, the notices
|
||||
present at the top of every Hydra/HydraCom source file must be
|
||||
retained in their original unmodified form.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to the above license, everyone using any part of the
|
||||
sourcecode, programs or files is fully bound by the general license of
|
||||
the Hydra protocol as present in the Hydra protocol description
|
||||
document. For easy reference, the paragraph in question is reprinted
|
||||
below.
|
||||
|
||||
Any use of, or operation on (including copying/distributing) any of
|
||||
the above mentioned files implies full and unconditional acceptance of
|
||||
this license and disclaimer.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
HYDRA PROTOCOL LICENSE
|
||||
|
||||
You are granted a license to implement the HYDRA file transfer
|
||||
protocol, HYDRA hereafter, in your own programs and/or use the sample
|
||||
source code and adapt these to your particular situation and needs;
|
||||
subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
- You must refer to it as the HYDRA file transfer protocol, and you
|
||||
must give credit to the authors of HYDRA in any information
|
||||
screens or literature pertaining to your programs that contains
|
||||
other such information (credits, your own copyrights, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
- HYDRA will always remain backwards compatible with previous
|
||||
revisions. HYDRA allows for expansion of its features without
|
||||
interfering with previous revisions. It is, however, important
|
||||
that different people do not expand the protocol in different
|
||||
directions. We therefore ask you to contact us if you have any
|
||||
needs/ideas regarding HYDRA, so development can be synchronized
|
||||
and beneficial to all.
|
||||
|
||||
- If your implementation cannot converse with past or future
|
||||
revisions as supplied by us, then you must refer to it as "HYDRA
|
||||
derived", or as "a variation of HYDRA", or words to that effect.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Hydra protocol design and HydraCom driver: Hydra protocol design:
|
||||
Arjen G. Lentz Joaquim H. Homrighausen
|
||||
LENTZ SOFTWARE-DEVELOPMENT 389, route d'Arlon
|
||||
Langegracht 7B L-8011 Strassen
|
||||
3811 BT Amersfoort Luxembourg
|
||||
The Netherlands
|
||||
FidoNet 2:283/512, AINEX-BBS +31-33-633916 FidoNet 2:270/17
|
||||
arjen_lentz@f512.n283.z2.fidonet.org joho@ae.lu
|
||||
|
||||
Please feel free to contact us at any time to share your comments about our
|
||||
software and/or licensing policies.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
@ -32,7 +33,7 @@ Michiel Broek.
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="33" height="35">Back to Index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to Index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
@ -1,78 +1,79 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>JAM License.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Background white, links blue (unvisited), navy (visited), red (active) -->
|
||||
<BODY
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
TEXT="#000000"
|
||||
LINK="#0000FF"
|
||||
VLINK="#000080"
|
||||
ALINK="#FF0000"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
JAM(mbp)
|
||||
The Joaquim-Andrew-Mats Message Base Proposal
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Copyright 1993 Joaquim Homrighausen, Andrew Milner,
|
||||
Mats Birch, Mats Wallin.
|
||||
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
=====================================================================
|
||||
LEGAL NOTICE
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The JAM(mbp) documentation and JAM API and information attached
|
||||
hereto, hereafter referred to as JAM, is protected by applicable
|
||||
copyright laws and international treaty provisions. JAM is provided
|
||||
"as is", without warranty of any kind or fitness for a particular
|
||||
purpose, either expressed or implied, all of are hereby explicitly
|
||||
disclaimed. The authors only guarantees that JAM will occupy disk
|
||||
space.
|
||||
|
||||
The entire risk as to the quality and performance of JAM is with you.
|
||||
Should JAM prove defective or incorrect, you assume the entire cost
|
||||
of all necessary servicing, repair, and/or correction. In no event
|
||||
shall the authors be liable to the you or anyone else for any damages
|
||||
or costs, including, but not limited to, any lost profits, lost
|
||||
savings, lost income, lost information, loss of the right to use JAM,
|
||||
or other incidental or consequential damages arising out of the use
|
||||
or inability to use JAM.
|
||||
|
||||
All information provided in JAM is subject to change without further
|
||||
notice.
|
||||
|
||||
JAM may be published and distributed to other people as long as no
|
||||
part of it is modified by any means, this includes translation to
|
||||
any other language (technical or social), and as long as no charges
|
||||
are applied (including but not limited to trading). This information
|
||||
may not be used to reverse engineer any application developed by the
|
||||
authors.
|
||||
|
||||
All applications that support JAM must include one of the following
|
||||
notices in their documentation and somewhere in the product's credit
|
||||
section:
|
||||
|
||||
"JAM(mbp) - Copyright 1993 Joaquim Homrighausen, Andrew Milner,
|
||||
Mats Birch, Mats Wallin.
|
||||
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED."
|
||||
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
||||
"This product uses the JAM(mbp) API -
|
||||
Copyright 1993 Joaquim Homrighausen, Andrew Milner, Mats Birch,
|
||||
Mats Wallin. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED."
|
||||
|
||||
All trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their
|
||||
respective holders.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>JAM License.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Background white, links blue (unvisited), navy (visited), red (active) -->
|
||||
<BODY
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
TEXT="#000000"
|
||||
LINK="#0000FF"
|
||||
VLINK="#000080"
|
||||
ALINK="#FF0000"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
JAM(mbp)
|
||||
The Joaquim-Andrew-Mats Message Base Proposal
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Copyright 1993 Joaquim Homrighausen, Andrew Milner,
|
||||
Mats Birch, Mats Wallin.
|
||||
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
=====================================================================
|
||||
LEGAL NOTICE
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The JAM(mbp) documentation and JAM API and information attached
|
||||
hereto, hereafter referred to as JAM, is protected by applicable
|
||||
copyright laws and international treaty provisions. JAM is provided
|
||||
"as is", without warranty of any kind or fitness for a particular
|
||||
purpose, either expressed or implied, all of are hereby explicitly
|
||||
disclaimed. The authors only guarantees that JAM will occupy disk
|
||||
space.
|
||||
|
||||
The entire risk as to the quality and performance of JAM is with you.
|
||||
Should JAM prove defective or incorrect, you assume the entire cost
|
||||
of all necessary servicing, repair, and/or correction. In no event
|
||||
shall the authors be liable to the you or anyone else for any damages
|
||||
or costs, including, but not limited to, any lost profits, lost
|
||||
savings, lost income, lost information, loss of the right to use JAM,
|
||||
or other incidental or consequential damages arising out of the use
|
||||
or inability to use JAM.
|
||||
|
||||
All information provided in JAM is subject to change without further
|
||||
notice.
|
||||
|
||||
JAM may be published and distributed to other people as long as no
|
||||
part of it is modified by any means, this includes translation to
|
||||
any other language (technical or social), and as long as no charges
|
||||
are applied (including but not limited to trading). This information
|
||||
may not be used to reverse engineer any application developed by the
|
||||
authors.
|
||||
|
||||
All applications that support JAM must include one of the following
|
||||
notices in their documentation and somewhere in the product's credit
|
||||
section:
|
||||
|
||||
"JAM(mbp) - Copyright 1993 Joaquim Homrighausen, Andrew Milner,
|
||||
Mats Birch, Mats Wallin.
|
||||
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED."
|
||||
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
||||
"This product uses the JAM(mbp) API -
|
||||
Copyright 1993 Joaquim Homrighausen, Andrew Milner, Mats Birch,
|
||||
Mats Wallin. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED."
|
||||
|
||||
All trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their
|
||||
respective holders.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
@ -118,9 +119,9 @@ For example: ^B32000^BThis is the text^B<br>
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0 width="33" height="35"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../">Main Index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0 width="40" height="30"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./">Menus Index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ setup) or your BBS won't start and complain. Submenus may be nested 50
|
||||
levels deep.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0 width="33" height="35"> Back</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0>Back</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
@ -172,9 +173,9 @@
|
||||
</OL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0 width="33" height="35"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../">Main Index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0 width="40" height="30"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./">Menus Index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
@ -137,9 +138,9 @@
|
||||
</OL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0 width="33" height="35"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../">Main Index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0 width="40" height="30"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./">Menus Index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
@ -128,9 +129,9 @@
|
||||
</OL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0 width="33" height="35"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../">Main Index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0 width="40" height="30"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./">Menus Index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
@ -104,9 +105,9 @@
|
||||
</OL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0 width="33" height="35"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../">Main Index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0 width="40" height="30"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./">Menus Index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
@ -50,9 +51,9 @@
|
||||
</OL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0 width="33" height="35"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../">Main Index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0 width="40" height="30"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./">Menus Index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
@ -46,9 +47,9 @@
|
||||
</OL>
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0 width="33" height="35"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../">Main Index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0 width="40" height="30"></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" BORDER=0></A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./">Menus Index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
|
@ -1,331 +1,332 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Implementation and Usage of FileFind Utilities.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Background white, links blue (unvisited), navy (visited), red (active) -->
|
||||
<BODY
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
TEXT="#000000"
|
||||
LINK="#0000FF"
|
||||
VLINK="#000080"
|
||||
ALINK="#FF0000"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Document: fsc-00xx
|
||||
Version: 0.6
|
||||
Date Aug 30, 1995
|
||||
Title: Implementation and Usage of FileFind Utilities
|
||||
Authors: Robert Williamson FidoNet#1:167/104.0 robert@ecs.mtlnet.org
|
||||
|
||||
Intro
|
||||
|
||||
A portion of the document is derived from information in
|
||||
AllFix.DOC by Harald Harms @ 2:281/910
|
||||
with additional sections from
|
||||
FQuery.DOC by Robert Williamson @ 1:167/104
|
||||
|
||||
The MSdos program ALLFIX by Harald Harms first introduced the idea
|
||||
of searching for files via echomail. The term applied to this function
|
||||
is 'FileFind'. A FileFind system allows sysops, points and BBS users
|
||||
to search for files by placing a message to 'ALLFIX' in an echo
|
||||
designated for the purpose of finding files. All FTN sites running a
|
||||
FileFind processor which is configured to scan that echo will reply to
|
||||
that user if there any files matching his query. This system provides
|
||||
a method for searching many FTN sites throughout the world, with a
|
||||
single message.
|
||||
|
||||
FileFind programs work by either scanning through defined message
|
||||
bases or scanning packets for defined AREA tagnames for messages to the
|
||||
default name ALLFIX. All FileFind programs MUST respond to the name
|
||||
ALLFIX, but may also respond to the name FILEFIND and the name of the
|
||||
particular FileFind program in use or defined for the echo. The
|
||||
FileFind program will process these messages, examining the Subject
|
||||
field for search queries. If any valid query is found, the FileFind
|
||||
program will search the sites files database for files matching the
|
||||
users's query.
|
||||
|
||||
If the FileFind program finds any matches, it will generate a reply
|
||||
containing a list of the files found, and some basic information ABOUT
|
||||
the system posting the reply. When the user who initially wrote the
|
||||
request reads the reply, he will then be able to decide if any of the
|
||||
reported files meet his needs, and from the ABOUT included in the
|
||||
reply, learn where and how he may get those files.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FileFind Query Message Structure
|
||||
|
||||
To: name_of_FileFind program
|
||||
|
||||
The message must be addressed to ALLFIX so that all FileFind programs
|
||||
can respond. To use features specific to a particular FileFind
|
||||
program, or to limit the responses to a particular platform, the
|
||||
message should be addressed to that program's name. Some FileFind
|
||||
programs will respond to more than two names.
|
||||
|
||||
Subject:
|
||||
A space-separated list of file specifications, keywords or quoted
|
||||
strings.
|
||||
|
||||
keyword - single word preceeded by a '/' with no intervening spaces,
|
||||
must be at least 3 characters, not including the '/'.
|
||||
a keyword search is in actually a substring search of the
|
||||
site's filelist.
|
||||
|
||||
description - string enclosed in double-quotes,
|
||||
if a single word, must be more than 3 characters.
|
||||
|
||||
filespec - single word, no spaces, no double-quotes or preceding /,
|
||||
must be at least 3 characters, not including any wildcard
|
||||
or pattern matching charcaters, such as '*'.
|
||||
Messages addressed to ALLFIX must not have any embedded
|
||||
pattern matching characters.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The minimum number of characters for description, keyword and
|
||||
filespec queries is an implementation detail of the FileFind program.
|
||||
These values should be configurable, but should never be settable to
|
||||
values of less than 3.
|
||||
|
||||
Each implementation should allow the operator the ability to
|
||||
configure a list of disallowed keywords.
|
||||
|
||||
NetMail Queries
|
||||
|
||||
Some FileFind programs may also have the ability to process file
|
||||
search queries received as netmail and addressed to the name of the
|
||||
particular FileFInd program with this capability. In this case, all
|
||||
replies are via netmail also.
|
||||
|
||||
NetMail Commands
|
||||
FileFind Netmail commands are identifed by a leading '%'.
|
||||
Implementation of netmail commands is optional. If implemented,
|
||||
compliant FileFind utilities should be able to process the following
|
||||
minimum NetMail command set.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%HELP - netmail only, returns an extended help text for the
|
||||
FileFind program, the ABOUT of the the site and a list
|
||||
of MAGIC freqable names.
|
||||
%ABOUT - netmail only, returns the ABOUT of the site and a full
|
||||
or %MAGIC list of MAGIC names.
|
||||
|
||||
%NEWFILES - netmail only, returns the NEWFILES list of the site
|
||||
or %NEW via netmail.
|
||||
|
||||
Extended NetMail Commands:
|
||||
Implementation of the following netmail commands is optional and
|
||||
not required for compliance with the FileFind NetMail Command set.
|
||||
|
||||
%REPORT <tagname>
|
||||
- sends a configuration report for echo <tagname>
|
||||
this allows an echo moderator to check if a site running
|
||||
a FileFind utility is compliant with the rules of the
|
||||
filefind echo.
|
||||
|
||||
%REQUEST <filename>
|
||||
- if found, will place requested file on hold for remote
|
||||
site
|
||||
|
||||
%UUREQUEST <filename>
|
||||
- if found, and the filesize after uuencoding is less
|
||||
than 60K, it will be sent as multiple netmail messages
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The Site ABOUT
|
||||
|
||||
Obviously, a system that neither accepts file requests nor allows
|
||||
users to download on their first call should not be responding to
|
||||
FileFind messages. If there are any limitations for the caller to
|
||||
acquire any of the files that the site has advertised as being
|
||||
available in it's FileFind response, these limitations MUST be listed
|
||||
in the reply. This information should be included in the ABOUT file
|
||||
that the FileFind program user creates.
|
||||
|
||||
The site ABOUT should contain the following information. The
|
||||
FileFind program implementor should instruct his users on these
|
||||
requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
- sitename
|
||||
- site operator's name
|
||||
- complete phonenumber
|
||||
- baud rate
|
||||
- hours during which filerequests are accepted, if at all
|
||||
- hours during which users can download
|
||||
- conditions for file requests and user downloads
|
||||
NOTE: the above information should be within the first 14 lines.
|
||||
optional:
|
||||
- a list a MAGIC names
|
||||
- an indication if magic names are also available to terminal users.
|
||||
|
||||
Searching for Files and Creating Replies
|
||||
|
||||
The method used by the FileFind program to search for requests is
|
||||
up to the implementor. However, if searching a list, the FileFind
|
||||
program should confirm the actual existance of all files that match the
|
||||
query specification.
|
||||
|
||||
The FileFind program should only process description strings,
|
||||
filespecs or keywords that contain more than 3 valid characters and
|
||||
should have configuration options to define greater minimum lengths on
|
||||
a per-echo basis.
|
||||
|
||||
For filespecs, the wildcard character '*' IS considered a valid
|
||||
specification as well as the '?' wildcard, but only the '?' is to be
|
||||
counted as a character when determining the length of query. File
|
||||
extensions are not necessary and any characters AFTER a '*' are to be
|
||||
ignored. The FileFind program should be configurable so as to allow
|
||||
replacement all of the file extensions with '.*' or '#?' dependant on
|
||||
platform. This results in queries being independant of the various
|
||||
archivers in use.
|
||||
|
||||
Replies
|
||||
|
||||
Replies created by FileFind utilities are expected to be in
|
||||
compliance with the following FTN specifications:
|
||||
FTS-0001 - packed message format
|
||||
FTS-0009 - MSGID/REPLY
|
||||
FSC-0046 - PID and tear line
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, a FileFind utility may use the FID: control line for
|
||||
any information needed that cannot be put in a PID: without violating
|
||||
that specification.
|
||||
|
||||
^AFID: ascii text CR
|
||||
|
||||
Must be less than 80 characters including ^A and terminating CR.
|
||||
|
||||
There are three ways in which the FileFind program can create replies:
|
||||
- write the replies in the echo in which the query appeared.
|
||||
- write the replies in an echo that has been specifically
|
||||
designated for that purpose in the particular FTN or for
|
||||
a gorup of echos in that FTN.
|
||||
- reply via routed netmail.
|
||||
|
||||
Since each FTN site connected to a particular FileFind program area
|
||||
is capable of creating an information reply, there is much concern as
|
||||
to the amount of traffic that can be generated, FileFind program
|
||||
developers must be sensitive to these concerns by providing the means
|
||||
to their users to limit the traffic on a per-echo basis. For example,
|
||||
various FileFind echos have rules limiting the size or number of
|
||||
replies, or the length of the system information that may be included
|
||||
in a reply.
|
||||
|
||||
Limiting replies
|
||||
|
||||
It is strongly suggested that some default limitations be built-in.
|
||||
|
||||
Limiting Site Header (ABOUT):
|
||||
|
||||
If the site's ABOUT, (the text that has been configured in order to
|
||||
add the system's information and Magic names list to the reply), is
|
||||
greater than 14 lines, the remainder should NOT be posted. A line
|
||||
should be added to the response indicated this, and the user may be
|
||||
invited to either Freq or download the MAGIC name's ABOUT or MAGIC, for
|
||||
a full list of magic names. The FileFind program may optionally send
|
||||
the full system information and magic name list via routed netmail.
|
||||
|
||||
Limiting Match List due to ambiguity of query:
|
||||
|
||||
If the list of matches (note: not the size of the message itself)
|
||||
is greater than 32K, the FileFind program should post a message to the
|
||||
user to indicate that his query may have been too ambiguous and perhaps
|
||||
invite him to freq or download the MAGIC name FILES for a full list.
|
||||
|
||||
Splitting Match List into Multiple Messages:
|
||||
|
||||
If the list of matches is greater than 10K, it should be split into
|
||||
multiple messages of no more than 8K. Although the backbone permits
|
||||
messages up to 16K in length, 8K is a more readable size. Only the
|
||||
first split message may contain the ABOUT information of the site.
|
||||
Each message must be given both a unique Subject field (eg: prepended
|
||||
by "Part n/n") and a unique MSGID:. This because some tossers may use
|
||||
either or both for dupe detection.
|
||||
|
||||
Limiting Number of Split Messages:
|
||||
|
||||
If the number of messages is greater than the preset limit of the
|
||||
echo, and the FileFind Program does not have an option to forward the
|
||||
replies via netmail, the replies should be discarded and the user
|
||||
informed that his request may have been too amibiguous.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NetMail Reply:
|
||||
|
||||
The FileFind program may have an option to forward all replies via
|
||||
routed netmail, or to do so under certain conditions as outlined above.
|
||||
Obviously, if the FileFind program can process netmail queries, it MUST
|
||||
respond via netmail.
|
||||
|
||||
User NetMail Reply Request:
|
||||
|
||||
Alternativly the user can request a netmail reply for his echomail
|
||||
query by preceeding the query with either "%" or "!".
|
||||
eg;
|
||||
Subject: % /fsc /fts
|
||||
|
||||
If the FileFind program does not support this feature, it must
|
||||
ignore any echomail query message that has a "%" or "!" as the first
|
||||
WORD of the Subject field.
|
||||
|
||||
Second Reply or Extended Response Request:
|
||||
|
||||
The FileFind site indicates availablility of Second Reply by
|
||||
placing the string 'program_name 4d_address' in the From: field of the
|
||||
message.
|
||||
eg: FROM: FQUERY 1:167/104.0
|
||||
|
||||
When a user replies to a FileFind reply, the message will be to the
|
||||
FileFind program @ {network address}. When processing the FileFind
|
||||
conferences, the FileFind program will treat any message to itself that
|
||||
includes the site address as a Second Reply Request.
|
||||
|
||||
If this feature is available, the FileFind program will include up
|
||||
to a maximum of 15 files (maximum 12K match list) in it's replies. If
|
||||
the user wants a more detailed listing, he simply replies to the
|
||||
FileFind program's reply. Only the system that posted the original
|
||||
reply will respond to that new request. This second, specific reply,
|
||||
will contain up to 50 files (32K of matchlist) either including or
|
||||
SKIPPING the first 15. These numbers may be replaced by byte limits in
|
||||
some implementations.
|
||||
|
||||
No Second Reply in Designated Reply Echo:
|
||||
|
||||
The Designated Reply Echo method does not allow replies to be made,
|
||||
because the FileFind program may not be permitted to scan a Designated
|
||||
Reply Echo. The FileFind program should automatically report up to 50
|
||||
files for any requests. Therefore, the traffic limitaion features may
|
||||
be disabled for networks that require the FileFind program to reply in
|
||||
a Designated Reply Echo, and disallow Second Reply in that echo.
|
||||
|
||||
Disable Local Messages:
|
||||
|
||||
The FileFind program must be able to to disable the processing of
|
||||
local messages. What this means is that the FileFind program will not
|
||||
process any messages generated on that FTN site, including messages by
|
||||
the sysop using an offline reader, or by a site's BBS or off-line
|
||||
reader users. This should NOT exclude messages from a site's points.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Limit by Age:
|
||||
|
||||
The FileFind program must be configurable so that the operator can
|
||||
limit the age of an query message that is acceptable for processing.
|
||||
This should be in number of days. The FileFind program may be
|
||||
configured to process all the FileFind requests regardless of how old
|
||||
they are. Age should never be greater than 365 days.
|
||||
|
||||
LinkMGR Support:
|
||||
Implmentors may choose to support the LinkMGR proposal for netmail
|
||||
queries and commands. In this proposal, the queries and commands do
|
||||
not appear in the subject field but rather, in the the BODY of the
|
||||
message. The subject field wil contain the LinkMGR password.
|
||||
Use of the LinkMGR method allows the user to send multiple commands
|
||||
to the fIleFind program.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Implementation and Usage of FileFind Utilities.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Background white, links blue (unvisited), navy (visited), red (active) -->
|
||||
<BODY
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
TEXT="#000000"
|
||||
LINK="#0000FF"
|
||||
VLINK="#000080"
|
||||
ALINK="#FF0000"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
Document: fsc-00xx
|
||||
Version: 0.6
|
||||
Date Aug 30, 1995
|
||||
Title: Implementation and Usage of FileFind Utilities
|
||||
Authors: Robert Williamson FidoNet#1:167/104.0 robert@ecs.mtlnet.org
|
||||
|
||||
Intro
|
||||
|
||||
A portion of the document is derived from information in
|
||||
AllFix.DOC by Harald Harms @ 2:281/910
|
||||
with additional sections from
|
||||
FQuery.DOC by Robert Williamson @ 1:167/104
|
||||
|
||||
The MSdos program ALLFIX by Harald Harms first introduced the idea
|
||||
of searching for files via echomail. The term applied to this function
|
||||
is 'FileFind'. A FileFind system allows sysops, points and BBS users
|
||||
to search for files by placing a message to 'ALLFIX' in an echo
|
||||
designated for the purpose of finding files. All FTN sites running a
|
||||
FileFind processor which is configured to scan that echo will reply to
|
||||
that user if there any files matching his query. This system provides
|
||||
a method for searching many FTN sites throughout the world, with a
|
||||
single message.
|
||||
|
||||
FileFind programs work by either scanning through defined message
|
||||
bases or scanning packets for defined AREA tagnames for messages to the
|
||||
default name ALLFIX. All FileFind programs MUST respond to the name
|
||||
ALLFIX, but may also respond to the name FILEFIND and the name of the
|
||||
particular FileFind program in use or defined for the echo. The
|
||||
FileFind program will process these messages, examining the Subject
|
||||
field for search queries. If any valid query is found, the FileFind
|
||||
program will search the sites files database for files matching the
|
||||
users's query.
|
||||
|
||||
If the FileFind program finds any matches, it will generate a reply
|
||||
containing a list of the files found, and some basic information ABOUT
|
||||
the system posting the reply. When the user who initially wrote the
|
||||
request reads the reply, he will then be able to decide if any of the
|
||||
reported files meet his needs, and from the ABOUT included in the
|
||||
reply, learn where and how he may get those files.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FileFind Query Message Structure
|
||||
|
||||
To: name_of_FileFind program
|
||||
|
||||
The message must be addressed to ALLFIX so that all FileFind programs
|
||||
can respond. To use features specific to a particular FileFind
|
||||
program, or to limit the responses to a particular platform, the
|
||||
message should be addressed to that program's name. Some FileFind
|
||||
programs will respond to more than two names.
|
||||
|
||||
Subject:
|
||||
A space-separated list of file specifications, keywords or quoted
|
||||
strings.
|
||||
|
||||
keyword - single word preceeded by a '/' with no intervening spaces,
|
||||
must be at least 3 characters, not including the '/'.
|
||||
a keyword search is in actually a substring search of the
|
||||
site's filelist.
|
||||
|
||||
description - string enclosed in double-quotes,
|
||||
if a single word, must be more than 3 characters.
|
||||
|
||||
filespec - single word, no spaces, no double-quotes or preceding /,
|
||||
must be at least 3 characters, not including any wildcard
|
||||
or pattern matching charcaters, such as '*'.
|
||||
Messages addressed to ALLFIX must not have any embedded
|
||||
pattern matching characters.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The minimum number of characters for description, keyword and
|
||||
filespec queries is an implementation detail of the FileFind program.
|
||||
These values should be configurable, but should never be settable to
|
||||
values of less than 3.
|
||||
|
||||
Each implementation should allow the operator the ability to
|
||||
configure a list of disallowed keywords.
|
||||
|
||||
NetMail Queries
|
||||
|
||||
Some FileFind programs may also have the ability to process file
|
||||
search queries received as netmail and addressed to the name of the
|
||||
particular FileFInd program with this capability. In this case, all
|
||||
replies are via netmail also.
|
||||
|
||||
NetMail Commands
|
||||
FileFind Netmail commands are identifed by a leading '%'.
|
||||
Implementation of netmail commands is optional. If implemented,
|
||||
compliant FileFind utilities should be able to process the following
|
||||
minimum NetMail command set.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%HELP - netmail only, returns an extended help text for the
|
||||
FileFind program, the ABOUT of the the site and a list
|
||||
of MAGIC freqable names.
|
||||
%ABOUT - netmail only, returns the ABOUT of the site and a full
|
||||
or %MAGIC list of MAGIC names.
|
||||
|
||||
%NEWFILES - netmail only, returns the NEWFILES list of the site
|
||||
or %NEW via netmail.
|
||||
|
||||
Extended NetMail Commands:
|
||||
Implementation of the following netmail commands is optional and
|
||||
not required for compliance with the FileFind NetMail Command set.
|
||||
|
||||
%REPORT <tagname>
|
||||
- sends a configuration report for echo <tagname>
|
||||
this allows an echo moderator to check if a site running
|
||||
a FileFind utility is compliant with the rules of the
|
||||
filefind echo.
|
||||
|
||||
%REQUEST <filename>
|
||||
- if found, will place requested file on hold for remote
|
||||
site
|
||||
|
||||
%UUREQUEST <filename>
|
||||
- if found, and the filesize after uuencoding is less
|
||||
than 60K, it will be sent as multiple netmail messages
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The Site ABOUT
|
||||
|
||||
Obviously, a system that neither accepts file requests nor allows
|
||||
users to download on their first call should not be responding to
|
||||
FileFind messages. If there are any limitations for the caller to
|
||||
acquire any of the files that the site has advertised as being
|
||||
available in it's FileFind response, these limitations MUST be listed
|
||||
in the reply. This information should be included in the ABOUT file
|
||||
that the FileFind program user creates.
|
||||
|
||||
The site ABOUT should contain the following information. The
|
||||
FileFind program implementor should instruct his users on these
|
||||
requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
- sitename
|
||||
- site operator's name
|
||||
- complete phonenumber
|
||||
- baud rate
|
||||
- hours during which filerequests are accepted, if at all
|
||||
- hours during which users can download
|
||||
- conditions for file requests and user downloads
|
||||
NOTE: the above information should be within the first 14 lines.
|
||||
optional:
|
||||
- a list a MAGIC names
|
||||
- an indication if magic names are also available to terminal users.
|
||||
|
||||
Searching for Files and Creating Replies
|
||||
|
||||
The method used by the FileFind program to search for requests is
|
||||
up to the implementor. However, if searching a list, the FileFind
|
||||
program should confirm the actual existance of all files that match the
|
||||
query specification.
|
||||
|
||||
The FileFind program should only process description strings,
|
||||
filespecs or keywords that contain more than 3 valid characters and
|
||||
should have configuration options to define greater minimum lengths on
|
||||
a per-echo basis.
|
||||
|
||||
For filespecs, the wildcard character '*' IS considered a valid
|
||||
specification as well as the '?' wildcard, but only the '?' is to be
|
||||
counted as a character when determining the length of query. File
|
||||
extensions are not necessary and any characters AFTER a '*' are to be
|
||||
ignored. The FileFind program should be configurable so as to allow
|
||||
replacement all of the file extensions with '.*' or '#?' dependant on
|
||||
platform. This results in queries being independant of the various
|
||||
archivers in use.
|
||||
|
||||
Replies
|
||||
|
||||
Replies created by FileFind utilities are expected to be in
|
||||
compliance with the following FTN specifications:
|
||||
FTS-0001 - packed message format
|
||||
FTS-0009 - MSGID/REPLY
|
||||
FSC-0046 - PID and tear line
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, a FileFind utility may use the FID: control line for
|
||||
any information needed that cannot be put in a PID: without violating
|
||||
that specification.
|
||||
|
||||
^AFID: ascii text CR
|
||||
|
||||
Must be less than 80 characters including ^A and terminating CR.
|
||||
|
||||
There are three ways in which the FileFind program can create replies:
|
||||
- write the replies in the echo in which the query appeared.
|
||||
- write the replies in an echo that has been specifically
|
||||
designated for that purpose in the particular FTN or for
|
||||
a gorup of echos in that FTN.
|
||||
- reply via routed netmail.
|
||||
|
||||
Since each FTN site connected to a particular FileFind program area
|
||||
is capable of creating an information reply, there is much concern as
|
||||
to the amount of traffic that can be generated, FileFind program
|
||||
developers must be sensitive to these concerns by providing the means
|
||||
to their users to limit the traffic on a per-echo basis. For example,
|
||||
various FileFind echos have rules limiting the size or number of
|
||||
replies, or the length of the system information that may be included
|
||||
in a reply.
|
||||
|
||||
Limiting replies
|
||||
|
||||
It is strongly suggested that some default limitations be built-in.
|
||||
|
||||
Limiting Site Header (ABOUT):
|
||||
|
||||
If the site's ABOUT, (the text that has been configured in order to
|
||||
add the system's information and Magic names list to the reply), is
|
||||
greater than 14 lines, the remainder should NOT be posted. A line
|
||||
should be added to the response indicated this, and the user may be
|
||||
invited to either Freq or download the MAGIC name's ABOUT or MAGIC, for
|
||||
a full list of magic names. The FileFind program may optionally send
|
||||
the full system information and magic name list via routed netmail.
|
||||
|
||||
Limiting Match List due to ambiguity of query:
|
||||
|
||||
If the list of matches (note: not the size of the message itself)
|
||||
is greater than 32K, the FileFind program should post a message to the
|
||||
user to indicate that his query may have been too ambiguous and perhaps
|
||||
invite him to freq or download the MAGIC name FILES for a full list.
|
||||
|
||||
Splitting Match List into Multiple Messages:
|
||||
|
||||
If the list of matches is greater than 10K, it should be split into
|
||||
multiple messages of no more than 8K. Although the backbone permits
|
||||
messages up to 16K in length, 8K is a more readable size. Only the
|
||||
first split message may contain the ABOUT information of the site.
|
||||
Each message must be given both a unique Subject field (eg: prepended
|
||||
by "Part n/n") and a unique MSGID:. This because some tossers may use
|
||||
either or both for dupe detection.
|
||||
|
||||
Limiting Number of Split Messages:
|
||||
|
||||
If the number of messages is greater than the preset limit of the
|
||||
echo, and the FileFind Program does not have an option to forward the
|
||||
replies via netmail, the replies should be discarded and the user
|
||||
informed that his request may have been too amibiguous.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NetMail Reply:
|
||||
|
||||
The FileFind program may have an option to forward all replies via
|
||||
routed netmail, or to do so under certain conditions as outlined above.
|
||||
Obviously, if the FileFind program can process netmail queries, it MUST
|
||||
respond via netmail.
|
||||
|
||||
User NetMail Reply Request:
|
||||
|
||||
Alternativly the user can request a netmail reply for his echomail
|
||||
query by preceeding the query with either "%" or "!".
|
||||
eg;
|
||||
Subject: % /fsc /fts
|
||||
|
||||
If the FileFind program does not support this feature, it must
|
||||
ignore any echomail query message that has a "%" or "!" as the first
|
||||
WORD of the Subject field.
|
||||
|
||||
Second Reply or Extended Response Request:
|
||||
|
||||
The FileFind site indicates availablility of Second Reply by
|
||||
placing the string 'program_name 4d_address' in the From: field of the
|
||||
message.
|
||||
eg: FROM: FQUERY 1:167/104.0
|
||||
|
||||
When a user replies to a FileFind reply, the message will be to the
|
||||
FileFind program @ {network address}. When processing the FileFind
|
||||
conferences, the FileFind program will treat any message to itself that
|
||||
includes the site address as a Second Reply Request.
|
||||
|
||||
If this feature is available, the FileFind program will include up
|
||||
to a maximum of 15 files (maximum 12K match list) in it's replies. If
|
||||
the user wants a more detailed listing, he simply replies to the
|
||||
FileFind program's reply. Only the system that posted the original
|
||||
reply will respond to that new request. This second, specific reply,
|
||||
will contain up to 50 files (32K of matchlist) either including or
|
||||
SKIPPING the first 15. These numbers may be replaced by byte limits in
|
||||
some implementations.
|
||||
|
||||
No Second Reply in Designated Reply Echo:
|
||||
|
||||
The Designated Reply Echo method does not allow replies to be made,
|
||||
because the FileFind program may not be permitted to scan a Designated
|
||||
Reply Echo. The FileFind program should automatically report up to 50
|
||||
files for any requests. Therefore, the traffic limitaion features may
|
||||
be disabled for networks that require the FileFind program to reply in
|
||||
a Designated Reply Echo, and disallow Second Reply in that echo.
|
||||
|
||||
Disable Local Messages:
|
||||
|
||||
The FileFind program must be able to to disable the processing of
|
||||
local messages. What this means is that the FileFind program will not
|
||||
process any messages generated on that FTN site, including messages by
|
||||
the sysop using an offline reader, or by a site's BBS or off-line
|
||||
reader users. This should NOT exclude messages from a site's points.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Limit by Age:
|
||||
|
||||
The FileFind program must be configurable so that the operator can
|
||||
limit the age of an query message that is acceptable for processing.
|
||||
This should be in number of days. The FileFind program may be
|
||||
configured to process all the FileFind requests regardless of how old
|
||||
they are. Age should never be greater than 365 days.
|
||||
|
||||
LinkMGR Support:
|
||||
Implmentors may choose to support the LinkMGR proposal for netmail
|
||||
queries and commands. In this proposal, the queries and commands do
|
||||
not appear in the subject field but rather, in the the BODY of the
|
||||
message. The subject field wil contain the LinkMGR password.
|
||||
Use of the LinkMGR method allows the user to send multiple commands
|
||||
to the fIleFind program.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,386 +1,387 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>FILE_ID.DIZ Information.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Background white, links blue (unvisited), navy (visited), red (active) -->
|
||||
<BODY
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
TEXT="#000000"
|
||||
LINK="#0000FF"
|
||||
VLINK="#000080"
|
||||
ALINK="#FF0000"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
FILEID.TXT v1.8 by Richard Holler [CIS 73567,1547]
|
||||
Last Revision 05/05/94
|
||||
|
||||
This text file was prepared at the request of the ASP (Association of
|
||||
Shareware Professionals), but the information contained in it may be of
|
||||
value to any shareware author.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ INFORMATION
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
Basically, the FILE_ID.DIZ file is a straight ASCII text file, distributed
|
||||
inside your distribution archive file along with your program files, which
|
||||
contains a description of your program. This file will be used by most BBS
|
||||
(Bulletin Board System) softwares for the online file description of your
|
||||
file. We recommend that the FILE_ID.DIZ file be used in all of your
|
||||
distribution archives.
|
||||
|
||||
This text file contains a description of the FILE_ID.DIZ file, as well as a
|
||||
description of the recommended distribution archive format.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
WHY SHOULD YOU USE FILE_ID.DIZ?
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
The use of this file will insure that the online description of your
|
||||
program will be in your own words (and who better to describe your program
|
||||
than yourself?), and that it will remain the same no matter how many
|
||||
different people upload your file to various BBS systems.
|
||||
|
||||
As more and more BBS software makes use of this file, you can be assured
|
||||
that your own description will replace such online descriptions as "Cool
|
||||
Program" or "OK utility, but needs better ..."
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that the ASP Hub Network, the Author Direct FDN (File
|
||||
Distribution Network), and the majority of other electronic distribution
|
||||
services *REQUIRE* that a valid FILE_ID.DIZ file be contained in your
|
||||
submitted distribution archive. If your file doesn't contain a valid
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ file, then it simply won't be distributed by these services.
|
||||
Furthermore, most BBS sysops will not accept uploads of files which do not
|
||||
contain a valid FILE_ID.DIZ file, so you automatically lose out on that
|
||||
distribution as well.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DESCRIPTION:
|
||||
------------
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ was created by Clark Development for use with their PCBDescribe
|
||||
utility, as a means for BBS callers to upload a file without having to
|
||||
manually type in a file description. It also ensures that the online
|
||||
description is always the same regardless of the number of different BBS
|
||||
systems the file is posted on. It has since been accepted by the BBS
|
||||
industry more-or-less as the "standard" file description source. (The
|
||||
extension of "DIZ" actually stands for "Description In Zip").
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The FILE_ID.DIZ file *MUST* be named exactly that, and *NOT*
|
||||
something like <filename>.DIZ. It will *ONLY* be used if it is named
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ!
|
||||
|
||||
The FILE_ID.DIZ file is nothing more than a straight ASCII text file which
|
||||
contains the full description of the archived file containing it. It is
|
||||
used by most popular BBS software to describe your program, rather than
|
||||
using the description supplied by the person that uploaded your file. It
|
||||
should be placed *INSIDE* your distribution archive file.
|
||||
|
||||
The BBS software will "look" inside the archive file. If a FILE_ID.DIZ file
|
||||
is found, it will replace any existing online file description with the
|
||||
text contained in FILE_ID.DIZ. It is an excellent method for making sure
|
||||
that your program files are described the way that "you" want them
|
||||
described. Even sysops who's software can't automatically make use of the
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ file have found it to be an excellent source for their manually
|
||||
added file descriptions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
STRUCTURE:
|
||||
----------
|
||||
The file consists of straight ASCII text, up to 10 lines of text, each line
|
||||
being no more than 45 characters long. It should *NOT* contain any blank
|
||||
lines, any form of centering or formatting, or any Hi-ASCII or ANSI
|
||||
characters. (i.e. it should ONLY contain alpha & numeric characters).
|
||||
|
||||
We recommended that it consist of 5 basic parts:
|
||||
|
||||
1. the proper name of your program
|
||||
2. the version number
|
||||
3. the "ASP" identifier (optional, for ASP members)
|
||||
4. the description separator
|
||||
4. the description
|
||||
|
||||
All of the above parts should be separated by a single "space".
|
||||
|
||||
PROGRAM NAME: To set it apart from the rest, it is recommended that you use
|
||||
ALL CAPS for the program name.
|
||||
|
||||
VERSION NUMBER: The version number should be in the form of "v12.34".
|
||||
|
||||
ASP IDENTIFIER: If you are an ASP author, we recommend that an "<ASP>"
|
||||
identifying mark be added after the version number, to identify your
|
||||
product as an ASP-authored product.
|
||||
|
||||
DESCRIPTION SEPARATOR: To separate the actual description text, insert a
|
||||
simple "-" (dash/minus) character after the ASP identifier (or version
|
||||
number, if not using the ASP identifier), and in front of the description
|
||||
text.
|
||||
|
||||
DESCRIPTION: You should attempt to FULLY describe your product, including
|
||||
its most important functions and features. Be sure to include anything
|
||||
which will separate your program from it's competition, and make the BBS
|
||||
user want to download your file. Also try to include any hardware or
|
||||
software requirements that your product may have.
|
||||
|
||||
You should try to use the first 2 lines of the text to give a basic
|
||||
description of your program. This is helpful for sysops who's BBS software
|
||||
limits them to less than 10 lines, 45 characters. Sysops who are limited to
|
||||
using shorter descriptions can simply use the 1st two lines and truncate
|
||||
the rest. Thus, you can basically still supply your own description for BBS
|
||||
software which does not actually utilize the FILE_ID.DIZ feature.
|
||||
|
||||
The remaining lines of text can be used to elaborate on the programs
|
||||
features, enhancements from the prior version, information concerning
|
||||
multi-file sets. Please note that older versions of some BBS software can
|
||||
only use 8 lines of text. It is advisable that you create your FILE_ID.DIZ
|
||||
file so that the file can be truncated to various line lengths without
|
||||
destroying it's usefulness.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE
|
||||
-------
|
||||
MY PROGRAM v1.23 <ASP> - A program which will
|
||||
do anything for anybody. Will run in only 2k
|
||||
of memory. Can be run from the command line,
|
||||
or installed as a TSR. Completely menu-
|
||||
driven. Version 1.23 reduces the previous 4k
|
||||
memory requirements, and adds an enhanced
|
||||
graphical user interface. Also, MY PROGRAM
|
||||
now contains Windows and DESQview support.
|
||||
Coming soon - an OS/2 version.
|
||||
From Do-It-All Software, Inc. $15.00
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MULTIPLE DISK INFO
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
Please note that if your distribution archive requires multiple archive
|
||||
files, you should create a separate, specific FILE_ID.DIZ file for each
|
||||
archive. This can be utilized to describe the various contents of each
|
||||
archive, and to identify each disk in the set. For example, the FILE_ID.DIZ
|
||||
file for disk #1 could contain:
|
||||
|
||||
"MY PROGRAM v1.23 <ASP> Program Executable
|
||||
Files - Disk 1 of 2"
|
||||
[followed by detailed description text]
|
||||
|
||||
while the FILE_ID.DIZ file for disk #2 could contain:
|
||||
|
||||
"MY PROGRAM v1.23 <ASP> Documentation Files -
|
||||
Disk 2 of 2"
|
||||
[followed by more detailed description text]
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally, you could also create a "complete" FILE_ID.DIZ file for the
|
||||
first disk, which would fully describe the program in detail, and identify
|
||||
it as Disk 1 of x. Then, for each remaining file in the set, simply include
|
||||
the Program Name, version number, ASP identifier, and the disk number (i.e.
|
||||
"MY PROGRAM v1.23 <ASP> Disk 2 of x").
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ADDITIONAL INFO
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
Please don't be tempted to use fancy graphic or ANSI sequences in the
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ file, as most BBS software will not allow this, and will render
|
||||
your FILE_ID.DIZ file useless. Also, don't be tempted to simply copy your
|
||||
program description file to FILE_ID.DIZ. Attempting to "format" your
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ file (i.e line centering, right & left justification, etc) will
|
||||
also cause unexpected results, especially for BBS software which re-formats
|
||||
descriptions to other than 10line/45char.
|
||||
|
||||
Fred Hill <ASP> has written a freeware utility which interactively creates
|
||||
a valid FILE_ID.DIZ file. The file is called DIZGEN.ZIP and can be found on
|
||||
CompuServe (GO IBMBBS, Library 2) as well as on many fine BBS systems. I
|
||||
highly recommend that you download a copy of this wonderful utility for
|
||||
creating your FILE_ID.DIZ files.
|
||||
|
||||
<*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*><*>
|
||||
|
||||
The following is a recommendation for the structure and contents of
|
||||
distribution archives prepared for use on BBS systems.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DISTRIBUTION DISK RECOMMENDATIONS
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
The following are recommendations for preparing your program files for
|
||||
distribution to Bulletin Board Systems (BBSs) via the ASP's distribution
|
||||
services, as well as other methods.
|
||||
|
||||
Two varieties of program files are defined here:
|
||||
|
||||
1) Program files which utilize an "install" utility and self-extracting
|
||||
program archives (later referred to as "Author-Installed Programs").
|
||||
|
||||
2) Programs files which do not use install utilities or self-extracting
|
||||
archives (later referred to as "User-Installed Programs").
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTHOR-INSTALLED PROGRAMS:
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
These programs require a bit more work from the author, but will eliminate
|
||||
many user mistakes, especially in programs which require complicated
|
||||
setups.
|
||||
|
||||
Most "installation" utility programs will make use of program files which
|
||||
have been "archived" into Self-Extracting (SFX) archives. We will attempt
|
||||
to define which files should be contained in the Self-Extracting archives,
|
||||
and which files should not.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Files which should be contained in the self-extracting program file
|
||||
archive:
|
||||
|
||||
a. All program-specific executable files.
|
||||
b. Any required configuration and/or data files required by the
|
||||
program.
|
||||
c. Program documentation files. Optionally, these may be left
|
||||
outside of the self-extracting archive, in order to allow
|
||||
them to be viewed/read by the various archive viewing utlities.
|
||||
d. Any other program-specific files that are required for the
|
||||
operation of the program.
|
||||
|
||||
2. The files described above should be compiled into a self-extracting
|
||||
archive file, which will then be extracted by the install utility.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: the author is required to abide by any distribution requirements
|
||||
specified by the archive utility author, and to obtain any required
|
||||
distribution rights necessary. Please check to see if distribution rights
|
||||
are required for your archive utility choice.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Files which should NOT be contained in the self-extracting program file
|
||||
archive:
|
||||
|
||||
a. The install utility itself (obviously).
|
||||
b. The FILE_ID.DIZ file. (described in detail in the section
|
||||
preceding this one)
|
||||
c. Any distribution/information files, such as VENDOR.TXT,
|
||||
SYSOP.TXT, etc.
|
||||
d. Any description or information file, such as DESCRIBE.TXT.
|
||||
e. A user file (such as README.1ST), which should explain how
|
||||
to use the install utility, what the user should expect
|
||||
during the installation, and any preparation that the user
|
||||
should make prior to the installation. This file might also
|
||||
contain a brief description of your program, in case the user
|
||||
is able to read the documentation files in the distribution
|
||||
archive prior to downloading (many BBS systems offer this
|
||||
ability to the user).
|
||||
|
||||
4. The actual distribution archive file (described below) should then
|
||||
contain the install utility, the self-extracting program archive, and the
|
||||
files described in #3 above.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
USER-INSTALLED PROGRAMS:
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
This type of distribution archive is much simpler than the Author-Installed
|
||||
variety. It should simply be an archive file, containing all of the files
|
||||
for the program described above.
|
||||
|
||||
Since this type of program requires the user to do all of the installation
|
||||
manually, it should contain very specific and detailed information
|
||||
regarding the installation requirements (such as INSTALL.TXT).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
THE DISTRIBUTION ARCHIVE FILE:
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
The actual distribution archive file should merely be an archive file
|
||||
containing the files described above. For BBS distribution, this archive
|
||||
should be of the standard archive format, and -NOT- a self-extracting
|
||||
archive. Many sysops will not allow self-extracting archives, and most BBS
|
||||
software will not allow self-extracting archives to be uploaded.
|
||||
|
||||
There are many popular archive utilities available, such as PKZIP, LHA,
|
||||
LHARC, ARJ, etc. Most BBS systems are capable of handling archives in
|
||||
virtually any format. However, you should be aware that most BBS systems
|
||||
will convert your archive format to the format of choice by the sysop. By
|
||||
following the methods described above, this conversion process should not
|
||||
affect your program, or any self-extracting files which are contained
|
||||
within your distribution archive file.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also retain the default archive file extension defined by the
|
||||
archive utility. For example, PKZIP uses a ".ZIP", LHARC uses "LZH", etc.
|
||||
Changing the file extension may cause the BBS software to delete your file
|
||||
because it doesn't recognize the format.
|
||||
|
||||
For the actual filename for your distribution archive, it is recommended
|
||||
that the program filename be limited to 6 characters to represent the
|
||||
program's name (i.e. MYPROG could represent "My Program"). This should be
|
||||
followed by 2 numeric digits which will represent the version number of
|
||||
your release. Even if this is your initial release it should include the
|
||||
version number in the filename (i.e. MYPROG10.ZIP would indicate the
|
||||
program called "My Program" version 1.0).
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that CompuServe limits filenames to only 6 characters. By
|
||||
limiting the file "name" to 6 characters, you will easily be able to rename
|
||||
the archive for CompuServe uploading by simply removing the 2-digit version
|
||||
identifier, to make the file compatible with CompuServe libraries.
|
||||
|
||||
By including the 2-digit version number in the archive filename, it will be
|
||||
very easy for both the user and the sysop (and yourself) to identify older
|
||||
versions of your program.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MULTIPLE DISTRIBUTION ARCHIVES
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
At one time, it was recommended that your final distribution archive not be
|
||||
larger than 350k, so that it would fit on a single 360k floppy disk and
|
||||
still leave room for any distribution files necessary for Disk Vendors.
|
||||
(i.e. Disk Vendors will often include their own GO.BAT file, or other
|
||||
various small files to help their customers install the software). This
|
||||
limitation is slowly falling by the wayside as more and more computer
|
||||
systems have 3.5" floppy disk drives as standard.
|
||||
|
||||
If your program is large enough to require more than one distribution
|
||||
archive, it is recommended that your filename be limited to 5 characters
|
||||
rather than 6 as described above. Following the 5-character name should be
|
||||
the same 2-digit version number. Then, append a single "letter" to identify
|
||||
the disk (i.e. MYPGM10A.ZIP, MYPGM10B.ZIP, etc.). For uploading to
|
||||
CompuServe, these filenames may then be shortened to 6 characters by
|
||||
removing the version identifiers (i.e. MYPGMA.ZIP, MYPGMB.ZIP). However,
|
||||
for CompuServe it is recommended that you simply create a single
|
||||
distibution file, and eliminate the multi-part file set.
|
||||
|
||||
If your program requires multiple distribution archives, -BE SURE- to
|
||||
create separate FILE_ID.DIZ files for each distribution archive. Also, each
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ file should contain disk number information pertaining to each
|
||||
individual archive (i.e. Disk 1 of 3, Disk 2 of 3, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
THE DISTRIBUTION DISK
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
It is recommended that your distribution disk simply contain a ZIPd version
|
||||
of your product. However, If you choose to supply "unarchived" files on a
|
||||
distribution disk for Disk Vendor use, it is _VERY_ important that you
|
||||
specify in your documentation a suggested archive filename, so that BBS
|
||||
sysops can create archived files with the proper author-specified
|
||||
filenames. This information should be contained in your SYSOP.TXT (or
|
||||
VENDOR.TXT) file. If you don't supply a suggested archive file name, the
|
||||
sysops will be forced to create the name themselves, thus you may end up
|
||||
with thousands of versions of your products on BBS systems all over the
|
||||
world, but all with different filenames.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that the ASP Hub Network, and nearly every other electronic
|
||||
distribution service *REQUIRE* that your files be submitted as an archived
|
||||
file, using the ZIP format. Also note that many BBS sysops will not go to
|
||||
the trouble of ZIPing your unarchived files for you. If you don't supply
|
||||
them with an archived distribution version of your product, it might not
|
||||
get distributed by BBSs.
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply your own disk labels, it is recommended that the ASP logo, or
|
||||
at least the initials "ASP" be included on the label, so that anyone can
|
||||
immediately identify your disk as an ASP member's software.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SUMMARY
|
||||
-------
|
||||
Your distribution disk should now be ready to submit to the various BBSs,
|
||||
distribution services, and Disk Vendors.
|
||||
|
||||
You may choose to create a separate distribution disk for use by BBSs and
|
||||
Disk Vendors. However, if you follow the above steps in preparing your
|
||||
distribution archive file, a separate "Disk Vendor" disk is probably not
|
||||
necessary. The majority of disk vendors will be able to accept your
|
||||
distribution file/disk if it is prepared in the above described format.
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>FILE_ID.DIZ Information.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Background white, links blue (unvisited), navy (visited), red (active) -->
|
||||
<BODY
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
TEXT="#000000"
|
||||
LINK="#0000FF"
|
||||
VLINK="#000080"
|
||||
ALINK="#FF0000"
|
||||
>
|
||||
<PRE>
|
||||
FILEID.TXT v1.8 by Richard Holler [CIS 73567,1547]
|
||||
Last Revision 05/05/94
|
||||
|
||||
This text file was prepared at the request of the ASP (Association of
|
||||
Shareware Professionals), but the information contained in it may be of
|
||||
value to any shareware author.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ INFORMATION
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
Basically, the FILE_ID.DIZ file is a straight ASCII text file, distributed
|
||||
inside your distribution archive file along with your program files, which
|
||||
contains a description of your program. This file will be used by most BBS
|
||||
(Bulletin Board System) softwares for the online file description of your
|
||||
file. We recommend that the FILE_ID.DIZ file be used in all of your
|
||||
distribution archives.
|
||||
|
||||
This text file contains a description of the FILE_ID.DIZ file, as well as a
|
||||
description of the recommended distribution archive format.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
WHY SHOULD YOU USE FILE_ID.DIZ?
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
The use of this file will insure that the online description of your
|
||||
program will be in your own words (and who better to describe your program
|
||||
than yourself?), and that it will remain the same no matter how many
|
||||
different people upload your file to various BBS systems.
|
||||
|
||||
As more and more BBS software makes use of this file, you can be assured
|
||||
that your own description will replace such online descriptions as "Cool
|
||||
Program" or "OK utility, but needs better ..."
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that the ASP Hub Network, the Author Direct FDN (File
|
||||
Distribution Network), and the majority of other electronic distribution
|
||||
services *REQUIRE* that a valid FILE_ID.DIZ file be contained in your
|
||||
submitted distribution archive. If your file doesn't contain a valid
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ file, then it simply won't be distributed by these services.
|
||||
Furthermore, most BBS sysops will not accept uploads of files which do not
|
||||
contain a valid FILE_ID.DIZ file, so you automatically lose out on that
|
||||
distribution as well.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DESCRIPTION:
|
||||
------------
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ was created by Clark Development for use with their PCBDescribe
|
||||
utility, as a means for BBS callers to upload a file without having to
|
||||
manually type in a file description. It also ensures that the online
|
||||
description is always the same regardless of the number of different BBS
|
||||
systems the file is posted on. It has since been accepted by the BBS
|
||||
industry more-or-less as the "standard" file description source. (The
|
||||
extension of "DIZ" actually stands for "Description In Zip").
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The FILE_ID.DIZ file *MUST* be named exactly that, and *NOT*
|
||||
something like <filename>.DIZ. It will *ONLY* be used if it is named
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ!
|
||||
|
||||
The FILE_ID.DIZ file is nothing more than a straight ASCII text file which
|
||||
contains the full description of the archived file containing it. It is
|
||||
used by most popular BBS software to describe your program, rather than
|
||||
using the description supplied by the person that uploaded your file. It
|
||||
should be placed *INSIDE* your distribution archive file.
|
||||
|
||||
The BBS software will "look" inside the archive file. If a FILE_ID.DIZ file
|
||||
is found, it will replace any existing online file description with the
|
||||
text contained in FILE_ID.DIZ. It is an excellent method for making sure
|
||||
that your program files are described the way that "you" want them
|
||||
described. Even sysops who's software can't automatically make use of the
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ file have found it to be an excellent source for their manually
|
||||
added file descriptions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
STRUCTURE:
|
||||
----------
|
||||
The file consists of straight ASCII text, up to 10 lines of text, each line
|
||||
being no more than 45 characters long. It should *NOT* contain any blank
|
||||
lines, any form of centering or formatting, or any Hi-ASCII or ANSI
|
||||
characters. (i.e. it should ONLY contain alpha & numeric characters).
|
||||
|
||||
We recommended that it consist of 5 basic parts:
|
||||
|
||||
1. the proper name of your program
|
||||
2. the version number
|
||||
3. the "ASP" identifier (optional, for ASP members)
|
||||
4. the description separator
|
||||
4. the description
|
||||
|
||||
All of the above parts should be separated by a single "space".
|
||||
|
||||
PROGRAM NAME: To set it apart from the rest, it is recommended that you use
|
||||
ALL CAPS for the program name.
|
||||
|
||||
VERSION NUMBER: The version number should be in the form of "v12.34".
|
||||
|
||||
ASP IDENTIFIER: If you are an ASP author, we recommend that an "<ASP>"
|
||||
identifying mark be added after the version number, to identify your
|
||||
product as an ASP-authored product.
|
||||
|
||||
DESCRIPTION SEPARATOR: To separate the actual description text, insert a
|
||||
simple "-" (dash/minus) character after the ASP identifier (or version
|
||||
number, if not using the ASP identifier), and in front of the description
|
||||
text.
|
||||
|
||||
DESCRIPTION: You should attempt to FULLY describe your product, including
|
||||
its most important functions and features. Be sure to include anything
|
||||
which will separate your program from it's competition, and make the BBS
|
||||
user want to download your file. Also try to include any hardware or
|
||||
software requirements that your product may have.
|
||||
|
||||
You should try to use the first 2 lines of the text to give a basic
|
||||
description of your program. This is helpful for sysops who's BBS software
|
||||
limits them to less than 10 lines, 45 characters. Sysops who are limited to
|
||||
using shorter descriptions can simply use the 1st two lines and truncate
|
||||
the rest. Thus, you can basically still supply your own description for BBS
|
||||
software which does not actually utilize the FILE_ID.DIZ feature.
|
||||
|
||||
The remaining lines of text can be used to elaborate on the programs
|
||||
features, enhancements from the prior version, information concerning
|
||||
multi-file sets. Please note that older versions of some BBS software can
|
||||
only use 8 lines of text. It is advisable that you create your FILE_ID.DIZ
|
||||
file so that the file can be truncated to various line lengths without
|
||||
destroying it's usefulness.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE
|
||||
-------
|
||||
MY PROGRAM v1.23 <ASP> - A program which will
|
||||
do anything for anybody. Will run in only 2k
|
||||
of memory. Can be run from the command line,
|
||||
or installed as a TSR. Completely menu-
|
||||
driven. Version 1.23 reduces the previous 4k
|
||||
memory requirements, and adds an enhanced
|
||||
graphical user interface. Also, MY PROGRAM
|
||||
now contains Windows and DESQview support.
|
||||
Coming soon - an OS/2 version.
|
||||
From Do-It-All Software, Inc. $15.00
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MULTIPLE DISK INFO
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
Please note that if your distribution archive requires multiple archive
|
||||
files, you should create a separate, specific FILE_ID.DIZ file for each
|
||||
archive. This can be utilized to describe the various contents of each
|
||||
archive, and to identify each disk in the set. For example, the FILE_ID.DIZ
|
||||
file for disk #1 could contain:
|
||||
|
||||
"MY PROGRAM v1.23 <ASP> Program Executable
|
||||
Files - Disk 1 of 2"
|
||||
[followed by detailed description text]
|
||||
|
||||
while the FILE_ID.DIZ file for disk #2 could contain:
|
||||
|
||||
"MY PROGRAM v1.23 <ASP> Documentation Files -
|
||||
Disk 2 of 2"
|
||||
[followed by more detailed description text]
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally, you could also create a "complete" FILE_ID.DIZ file for the
|
||||
first disk, which would fully describe the program in detail, and identify
|
||||
it as Disk 1 of x. Then, for each remaining file in the set, simply include
|
||||
the Program Name, version number, ASP identifier, and the disk number (i.e.
|
||||
"MY PROGRAM v1.23 <ASP> Disk 2 of x").
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ADDITIONAL INFO
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
Please don't be tempted to use fancy graphic or ANSI sequences in the
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ file, as most BBS software will not allow this, and will render
|
||||
your FILE_ID.DIZ file useless. Also, don't be tempted to simply copy your
|
||||
program description file to FILE_ID.DIZ. Attempting to "format" your
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ file (i.e line centering, right & left justification, etc) will
|
||||
also cause unexpected results, especially for BBS software which re-formats
|
||||
descriptions to other than 10line/45char.
|
||||
|
||||
Fred Hill <ASP> has written a freeware utility which interactively creates
|
||||
a valid FILE_ID.DIZ file. The file is called DIZGEN.ZIP and can be found on
|
||||
CompuServe (GO IBMBBS, Library 2) as well as on many fine BBS systems. I
|
||||
highly recommend that you download a copy of this wonderful utility for
|
||||
creating your FILE_ID.DIZ files.
|
||||
|
||||
==========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
The following is a recommendation for the structure and contents of
|
||||
distribution archives prepared for use on BBS systems.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DISTRIBUTION DISK RECOMMENDATIONS
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
The following are recommendations for preparing your program files for
|
||||
distribution to Bulletin Board Systems (BBSs) via the ASP's distribution
|
||||
services, as well as other methods.
|
||||
|
||||
Two varieties of program files are defined here:
|
||||
|
||||
1) Program files which utilize an "install" utility and self-extracting
|
||||
program archives (later referred to as "Author-Installed Programs").
|
||||
|
||||
2) Programs files which do not use install utilities or self-extracting
|
||||
archives (later referred to as "User-Installed Programs").
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AUTHOR-INSTALLED PROGRAMS:
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
These programs require a bit more work from the author, but will eliminate
|
||||
many user mistakes, especially in programs which require complicated
|
||||
setups.
|
||||
|
||||
Most "installation" utility programs will make use of program files which
|
||||
have been "archived" into Self-Extracting (SFX) archives. We will attempt
|
||||
to define which files should be contained in the Self-Extracting archives,
|
||||
and which files should not.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Files which should be contained in the self-extracting program file
|
||||
archive:
|
||||
|
||||
a. All program-specific executable files.
|
||||
b. Any required configuration and/or data files required by the
|
||||
program.
|
||||
c. Program documentation files. Optionally, these may be left
|
||||
outside of the self-extracting archive, in order to allow
|
||||
them to be viewed/read by the various archive viewing utlities.
|
||||
d. Any other program-specific files that are required for the
|
||||
operation of the program.
|
||||
|
||||
2. The files described above should be compiled into a self-extracting
|
||||
archive file, which will then be extracted by the install utility.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: the author is required to abide by any distribution requirements
|
||||
specified by the archive utility author, and to obtain any required
|
||||
distribution rights necessary. Please check to see if distribution rights
|
||||
are required for your archive utility choice.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Files which should NOT be contained in the self-extracting program file
|
||||
archive:
|
||||
|
||||
a. The install utility itself (obviously).
|
||||
b. The FILE_ID.DIZ file. (described in detail in the section
|
||||
preceding this one)
|
||||
c. Any distribution/information files, such as VENDOR.TXT,
|
||||
SYSOP.TXT, etc.
|
||||
d. Any description or information file, such as DESCRIBE.TXT.
|
||||
e. A user file (such as README.1ST), which should explain how
|
||||
to use the install utility, what the user should expect
|
||||
during the installation, and any preparation that the user
|
||||
should make prior to the installation. This file might also
|
||||
contain a brief description of your program, in case the user
|
||||
is able to read the documentation files in the distribution
|
||||
archive prior to downloading (many BBS systems offer this
|
||||
ability to the user).
|
||||
|
||||
4. The actual distribution archive file (described below) should then
|
||||
contain the install utility, the self-extracting program archive, and the
|
||||
files described in #3 above.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
USER-INSTALLED PROGRAMS:
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
This type of distribution archive is much simpler than the Author-Installed
|
||||
variety. It should simply be an archive file, containing all of the files
|
||||
for the program described above.
|
||||
|
||||
Since this type of program requires the user to do all of the installation
|
||||
manually, it should contain very specific and detailed information
|
||||
regarding the installation requirements (such as INSTALL.TXT).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
THE DISTRIBUTION ARCHIVE FILE:
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
The actual distribution archive file should merely be an archive file
|
||||
containing the files described above. For BBS distribution, this archive
|
||||
should be of the standard archive format, and -NOT- a self-extracting
|
||||
archive. Many sysops will not allow self-extracting archives, and most BBS
|
||||
software will not allow self-extracting archives to be uploaded.
|
||||
|
||||
There are many popular archive utilities available, such as PKZIP, LHA,
|
||||
LHARC, ARJ, etc. Most BBS systems are capable of handling archives in
|
||||
virtually any format. However, you should be aware that most BBS systems
|
||||
will convert your archive format to the format of choice by the sysop. By
|
||||
following the methods described above, this conversion process should not
|
||||
affect your program, or any self-extracting files which are contained
|
||||
within your distribution archive file.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also retain the default archive file extension defined by the
|
||||
archive utility. For example, PKZIP uses a ".ZIP", LHARC uses "LZH", etc.
|
||||
Changing the file extension may cause the BBS software to delete your file
|
||||
because it doesn't recognize the format.
|
||||
|
||||
For the actual filename for your distribution archive, it is recommended
|
||||
that the program filename be limited to 6 characters to represent the
|
||||
program's name (i.e. MYPROG could represent "My Program"). This should be
|
||||
followed by 2 numeric digits which will represent the version number of
|
||||
your release. Even if this is your initial release it should include the
|
||||
version number in the filename (i.e. MYPROG10.ZIP would indicate the
|
||||
program called "My Program" version 1.0).
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that CompuServe limits filenames to only 6 characters. By
|
||||
limiting the file "name" to 6 characters, you will easily be able to rename
|
||||
the archive for CompuServe uploading by simply removing the 2-digit version
|
||||
identifier, to make the file compatible with CompuServe libraries.
|
||||
|
||||
By including the 2-digit version number in the archive filename, it will be
|
||||
very easy for both the user and the sysop (and yourself) to identify older
|
||||
versions of your program.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MULTIPLE DISTRIBUTION ARCHIVES
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
At one time, it was recommended that your final distribution archive not be
|
||||
larger than 350k, so that it would fit on a single 360k floppy disk and
|
||||
still leave room for any distribution files necessary for Disk Vendors.
|
||||
(i.e. Disk Vendors will often include their own GO.BAT file, or other
|
||||
various small files to help their customers install the software). This
|
||||
limitation is slowly falling by the wayside as more and more computer
|
||||
systems have 3.5" floppy disk drives as standard.
|
||||
|
||||
If your program is large enough to require more than one distribution
|
||||
archive, it is recommended that your filename be limited to 5 characters
|
||||
rather than 6 as described above. Following the 5-character name should be
|
||||
the same 2-digit version number. Then, append a single "letter" to identify
|
||||
the disk (i.e. MYPGM10A.ZIP, MYPGM10B.ZIP, etc.). For uploading to
|
||||
CompuServe, these filenames may then be shortened to 6 characters by
|
||||
removing the version identifiers (i.e. MYPGMA.ZIP, MYPGMB.ZIP). However,
|
||||
for CompuServe it is recommended that you simply create a single
|
||||
distibution file, and eliminate the multi-part file set.
|
||||
|
||||
If your program requires multiple distribution archives, -BE SURE- to
|
||||
create separate FILE_ID.DIZ files for each distribution archive. Also, each
|
||||
FILE_ID.DIZ file should contain disk number information pertaining to each
|
||||
individual archive (i.e. Disk 1 of 3, Disk 2 of 3, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
THE DISTRIBUTION DISK
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
It is recommended that your distribution disk simply contain a ZIPd version
|
||||
of your product. However, If you choose to supply "unarchived" files on a
|
||||
distribution disk for Disk Vendor use, it is _VERY_ important that you
|
||||
specify in your documentation a suggested archive filename, so that BBS
|
||||
sysops can create archived files with the proper author-specified
|
||||
filenames. This information should be contained in your SYSOP.TXT (or
|
||||
VENDOR.TXT) file. If you don't supply a suggested archive file name, the
|
||||
sysops will be forced to create the name themselves, thus you may end up
|
||||
with thousands of versions of your products on BBS systems all over the
|
||||
world, but all with different filenames.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that the ASP Hub Network, and nearly every other electronic
|
||||
distribution service *REQUIRE* that your files be submitted as an archived
|
||||
file, using the ZIP format. Also note that many BBS sysops will not go to
|
||||
the trouble of ZIPing your unarchived files for you. If you don't supply
|
||||
them with an archived distribution version of your product, it might not
|
||||
get distributed by BBSs.
|
||||
|
||||
If you supply your own disk labels, it is recommended that the ASP logo, or
|
||||
at least the initials "ASP" be included on the label, so that anyone can
|
||||
immediately identify your disk as an ASP member's software.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SUMMARY
|
||||
-------
|
||||
Your distribution disk should now be ready to submit to the various BBSs,
|
||||
distribution services, and Disk Vendors.
|
||||
|
||||
You may choose to create a separate distribution disk for use by BBSs and
|
||||
Disk Vendors. However, if you follow the above steps in preparing your
|
||||
distribution archive file, a separate "Disk Vendor" disk is probably not
|
||||
necessary. The majority of disk vendors will be able to accept your
|
||||
distribution file/disk if it is prepared in the above described format.
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>Integration of IP-Nodes in the nodelist.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ Future developments might make additions necessary, if they can not
|
||||
be expressed with the existing set of flags as defined by this FSP.
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Go Back</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>JAM Message Base Proposal.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
@ -133,7 +134,7 @@ Co-Authors..: Andrew Milner, Mats Birch, Mats Wallin
|
||||
the .JHR file.
|
||||
|
||||
FixedHeaderInfoStruct:
|
||||
ulong Signature; // <J><A><M> followed by <NUL>
|
||||
ulong Signature; // <J><A><M> followed by <NUL>
|
||||
ulong datecreated; // Creation date
|
||||
ulong modcounter; // Update counter
|
||||
ulong activemsgs; // Number of active (not deleted) msgs
|
||||
@ -170,7 +171,7 @@ Co-Authors..: Andrew Milner, Mats Birch, Mats Wallin
|
||||
|
||||
MessageHeader:
|
||||
MessageFixedHeader:
|
||||
ulong Signature; // <J><A><M> followed by <NUL>
|
||||
ulong Signature; // <J><A><M> followed by <NUL>
|
||||
ushort Revision; // Revision level of header (1)
|
||||
ushort ReservedWord; // Reserved for future use
|
||||
ulong SubfieldLen; // Length of subfields (2)
|
||||
@ -289,7 +290,7 @@ Co-Authors..: Andrew Milner, Mats Birch, Mats Wallin
|
||||
|
||||
This is also referred to as ^aVia information in FTNs. It contains
|
||||
information about a system which the message has travelled through.
|
||||
The format of the field is <YYYYMMDDHHMMSS><Network address> where:
|
||||
The format of the field is <YYYYMMDDHHMMSS><Network address> where:
|
||||
|
||||
YYYY is the year (1992-9999)
|
||||
MM is the month (01-12)
|
||||
@ -314,7 +315,7 @@ Co-Authors..: Andrew Milner, Mats Birch, Mats Wallin
|
||||
ID=10, Name=ENCLOSEDFILEWALIAS
|
||||
|
||||
Identical to ENCLOSEDFILE with the exception that the filename is
|
||||
followed by a <NUL> (00H) and an alias filename to be transmited to
|
||||
followed by a <NUL> (00H) and an alias filename to be transmited to
|
||||
the remote system in place of the local name of the file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -325,8 +326,8 @@ Co-Authors..: Andrew Milner, Mats Birch, Mats Wallin
|
||||
regarded as an update file request. If this subfield is present in a
|
||||
message header, the ATTRIBUTE must include the MSG_FILEREQUEST bit.
|
||||
To indicate that a password is to be transmitted along with the
|
||||
request, a <NUL> (00H) character followed by the password is
|
||||
appended. E.g. SECRET*.*<NUL>MYPASSWORD.
|
||||
request, a <NUL> (00H) character followed by the password is
|
||||
appended. E.g. SECRET*.*<NUL>MYPASSWORD.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ID=12, Name=ENCLOSEDFILEWCARD
|
||||
@ -342,7 +343,7 @@ Co-Authors..: Andrew Milner, Mats Birch, Mats Wallin
|
||||
One or more files attached to the message. The filename points to an
|
||||
ASCII file with one filename entry per line. If alias filenames are
|
||||
to be used, they are specified after the actual filename and
|
||||
separated by a <NUL> (00H) character, e.g. C:\MYFILE.LZH<NUL>NEWS.
|
||||
separated by a <NUL> (00H) character, e.g. C:\MYFILE.LZH<NUL>NEWS.
|
||||
Wildcard characters are not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -442,7 +443,7 @@ Co-Authors..: Andrew Milner, Mats Birch, Mats Wallin
|
||||
MSG_ESCAPED bit enabled, in which case the legal range of data is 20H
|
||||
through 7eH.
|
||||
|
||||
An escaped character is stored as \<hex> where <hex> is the two digit
|
||||
An escaped character is stored as \<hex> where <hex> is the two digit
|
||||
hexadecimal ASCII value of the character. A single \ is stored as \\
|
||||
or \5C. The case of the hexadecimal ASCII value is irrelevant, i.e.
|
||||
5c is treated as 5C.
|
||||
@ -556,13 +557,13 @@ Co-Authors..: Andrew Milner, Mats Birch, Mats Wallin
|
||||
In the description of the different fields below, the following
|
||||
messages and message numbers will be referred to:
|
||||
|
||||
1 -> 2 -> 4 -> 5
|
||||
1 -> 2 -> 4 -> 5
|
||||
: :
|
||||
: +--> 8
|
||||
: +--> 8
|
||||
:
|
||||
+--> 3 -> 7
|
||||
+--> 3 -> 7
|
||||
:
|
||||
+--> 6
|
||||
+--> 6
|
||||
|
||||
Message number two, three, and six are replies to message number one.
|
||||
Message number four and eight are replies to message number two.
|
||||
@ -631,7 +632,7 @@ Co-Authors..: Andrew Milner, Mats Birch, Mats Wallin
|
||||
Sweden mw@fido.lu
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Go Back</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="33" height="35">Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<TITLE>System load and the usleep() call.</TITLE>
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
@ -54,7 +55,7 @@ Michiel.
|
||||
|
||||
</PRE>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Go Back</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Go Back</A>
|
||||
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
@ -1,41 +1,42 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - Import Configuration.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>import - Import Configuration.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>import</strong> [command]</code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>import</strong> can be used to import the configuration databases from
|
||||
plain ascii textfiles. This program is not supported. For the format of the
|
||||
input files look in the source. This program will also not function properly
|
||||
after 31-Dec-1999. If someone writes real good working conversion programs
|
||||
to convert BBS, Tosser, Mailer setups to MBSE BBS setup, then make them
|
||||
public available. On my BBS there is a utility to export RA2.02 databases to
|
||||
the format that this <strong>import</strong> program can read.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - Import Configuration.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>import - Import Configuration.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>import</strong> [command]</code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>import</strong> can be used to import the configuration databases from
|
||||
plain ascii textfiles. This program is not supported. For the format of the
|
||||
input files look in the source. This program will also not function properly
|
||||
after 31-Dec-1999. If someone writes real good working conversion programs
|
||||
to convert BBS, Tosser, Mailer setups to MBSE BBS setup, then make them
|
||||
public available. On my BBS there is a utility to export RA2.02 databases to
|
||||
the format that this <strong>import</strong> program can read.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,99 +1,100 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbaff - Announce new files and Filefind processor.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbaff - Announce new files and FileFind processor.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbaff</strong> [command] <options></code>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbaff</strong>
|
||||
is the new files report generator and filefind server for mbsebbs.
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbaff</strong>
|
||||
you must first start <strong>mbsed</strong>,
|
||||
this is the deamon which controls all bbs activities.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
When <strong>mbaff</strong>
|
||||
is run with the commandline command <strong>announce</strong>
|
||||
the first thing it does is to scan all the file databases for files
|
||||
from which the announced flag is not yet set, and that area has a valid
|
||||
newfiles groupname. These files are uploads for example.
|
||||
If such a file is found the announced flag is set and
|
||||
the file is added to the
|
||||
<strong>toberep.data</strong>
|
||||
file. This file may already contain
|
||||
new files who were received as .tic files and processed by the
|
||||
<strong>mbfido</strong> program.
|
||||
After this is done the <strong>toberep.data</strong>
|
||||
file is compared against the newfiles
|
||||
reports to see if there is anything to report. If that's the case the
|
||||
creation of reports begins in the echomail areas specified. After that the
|
||||
<strong>toberep.data</strong>
|
||||
file is erased and the mailout semafore set. <br>
|
||||
The files to announce are divided into groups, the names of the groups are
|
||||
set in the file download areas. If you plan this well, you can make seperate
|
||||
announcements for several networks, announce files bij groups of file, ie. HAM
|
||||
or .jpg pictures, Linux etc.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
When
|
||||
<strong>mbaff</strong>
|
||||
is run with the commandline command
|
||||
<strong>filefind</strong>
|
||||
it will search each echomail area for unreceived messages addressed to
|
||||
<strong>allfix</strong> or <strong>filefind</strong>.
|
||||
It will read the message header and mark the message as received. The
|
||||
search options are set on the subject line. All file areas for which the
|
||||
filefind flag is set to true will be searched for the requested search
|
||||
patterns. If there are files found a reply will be generated for the
|
||||
user who wrote the request. If the reply area is different from the scan
|
||||
area, the reply is placed in the reply area. If it's not set, the reply
|
||||
goes into the same area. If the netmail option is set, the reply will
|
||||
be sent by netmail. To prevent echomail overflow the replies in the same
|
||||
area are limited to 15 found files, replies in the other echomail area
|
||||
are limited to 50 files. Netmail replies will contain up to 100 files.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbaff</strong> you need to set one global environment variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>.
|
||||
This variable must point to the root of the bbs directoy structure. The
|
||||
main configuration file
|
||||
<strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc subdirectory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbaff announce</strong></code> - Announce new files.<br>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbaff filefind</strong></code> - Process filefind requests.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>OPTIONS</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbaff [command] -quiet</strong></code> - Quiet mode, no screen output.
|
||||
Use this switch if you run <strong>mbaff</strong> from the crontab.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbaff - Announce new files and Filefind processor.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbaff - Announce new files and FileFind processor.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbaff</strong> [command] <options></code>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbaff</strong>
|
||||
is the new files report generator and filefind server for mbsebbs.
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbaff</strong>
|
||||
you must first start <strong>mbsed</strong>,
|
||||
this is the deamon which controls all bbs activities.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
When <strong>mbaff</strong>
|
||||
is run with the commandline command <strong>announce</strong>
|
||||
the first thing it does is to scan all the file databases for files
|
||||
from which the announced flag is not yet set, and that area has a valid
|
||||
newfiles groupname. These files are uploads for example.
|
||||
If such a file is found the announced flag is set and
|
||||
the file is added to the
|
||||
<strong>toberep.data</strong>
|
||||
file. This file may already contain
|
||||
new files who were received as .tic files and processed by the
|
||||
<strong>mbfido</strong> program.
|
||||
After this is done the <strong>toberep.data</strong>
|
||||
file is compared against the newfiles
|
||||
reports to see if there is anything to report. If that's the case the
|
||||
creation of reports begins in the echomail areas specified. After that the
|
||||
<strong>toberep.data</strong>
|
||||
file is erased and the mailout semafore set. <br>
|
||||
The files to announce are divided into groups, the names of the groups are
|
||||
set in the file download areas. If you plan this well, you can make seperate
|
||||
announcements for several networks, announce files bij groups of file, ie. HAM
|
||||
or .jpg pictures, Linux etc.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
When
|
||||
<strong>mbaff</strong>
|
||||
is run with the commandline command
|
||||
<strong>filefind</strong>
|
||||
it will search each echomail area for unreceived messages addressed to
|
||||
<strong>allfix</strong> or <strong>filefind</strong>.
|
||||
It will read the message header and mark the message as received. The
|
||||
search options are set on the subject line. All file areas for which the
|
||||
filefind flag is set to true will be searched for the requested search
|
||||
patterns. If there are files found a reply will be generated for the
|
||||
user who wrote the request. If the reply area is different from the scan
|
||||
area, the reply is placed in the reply area. If it's not set, the reply
|
||||
goes into the same area. If the netmail option is set, the reply will
|
||||
be sent by netmail. To prevent echomail overflow the replies in the same
|
||||
area are limited to 15 found files, replies in the other echomail area
|
||||
are limited to 50 files. Netmail replies will contain up to 100 files.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbaff</strong> you need to set one global environment variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>.
|
||||
This variable must point to the root of the bbs directoy structure. The
|
||||
main configuration file
|
||||
<strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc subdirectory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbaff announce</strong></code> - Announce new files.<br>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbaff filefind</strong></code> - Process filefind requests.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>OPTIONS</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbaff [command] -quiet</strong></code> - Quiet mode, no screen output.
|
||||
Use this switch if you run <strong>mbaff</strong> from the crontab.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
@ -59,8 +60,8 @@ In <strong>mbsetup</strong> menu 1.16 you need to set the public FTP base,
|
||||
the days to include in newfiles listings and the maximum security level.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
@ -1,61 +1,62 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbchat - the Sysop to user chat program.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbchat - The Sysop to User chat program.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsys.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbchat</strong> <device></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The program <strong>mbchat</strong> is used for Sysop to User chat. It
|
||||
must be started by the sysop if the user has paged the sysop. The sysop
|
||||
must be logged in as user <strong>mbse</strong> in order to have write
|
||||
permissions to the same tty as the user has. For example, if the user is
|
||||
at ttyS0 (COM1), the command to chat would be <strong>mbchat ttyS0</strong>.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbchat</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Bugs.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
When you try to chat with a user who is up or downloading a file, the
|
||||
transfer will fail or may even block. You need to check what the user is
|
||||
doing before using this program.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This program will not be developed anymore and will be replaced by a program
|
||||
that will chat via <strong>mbsed</strong>. This is safer and can be used even
|
||||
from a remote site over the net.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbchat - the Sysop to user chat program.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbchat - The Sysop to User chat program.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsys.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbchat</strong> <device></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The program <strong>mbchat</strong> is used for Sysop to User chat. It
|
||||
must be started by the sysop if the user has paged the sysop. The sysop
|
||||
must be logged in as user <strong>mbse</strong> in order to have write
|
||||
permissions to the same tty as the user has. For example, if the user is
|
||||
at ttyS0 (COM1), the command to chat would be <strong>mbchat ttyS0</strong>.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbchat</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Bugs.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
When you try to chat with a user who is up or downloading a file, the
|
||||
transfer will fail or may even block. You need to check what the user is
|
||||
doing before using this program.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This program will not be developed anymore and will be replaced by a program
|
||||
that will chat via <strong>mbsed</strong>. This is safer and can be used even
|
||||
from a remote site over the net.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0"">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,70 +1,71 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbdiff - Nodelist difference file processor.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbdiff - Nodelist difference file processor.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbdiff</strong> [nodelist] [nodediff] <options></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbdiff</strong> applies a (compressed) nodediff file against the
|
||||
nodelist of the week before to create a new nodelist. The result is a new
|
||||
plain nodelist and a nodelist compressed with zip.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environmet.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbdiff</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbdiff</strong> [nodelist] [nodediff]</code> The nodelist must be the full
|
||||
path and filename without the dot and daynumber extension. The nodediff is
|
||||
the full path and filename to the (compressed) nodediff file fitting on the
|
||||
latest nodelist. It is adviced to make a seperate working directory where
|
||||
you keep the nodelists. Don't do this in your normal nodelist directory.
|
||||
When the operation is successfull, the new nodelist is in the working directory
|
||||
and the old list is removed. A compressed version of the nodelist is also
|
||||
placed in the working directory. From here you can hatch the new compressed
|
||||
nodelist with the <strong>mbfido</strong> program.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>-quiet</strong></code> - supress screen output, this switch is needed when
|
||||
<strong>mbdiff</strong> runs on the background.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Bugs.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If you find any bugs, mispelled documentation etc, please contact the author:
|
||||
Michiel Broek at 2:280/2802@Fidonet or <A HREF="mailto:mbroek@users.sourceforge.net">mbroek@users.sourceforge.net</A>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbdiff - Nodelist difference file processor.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbdiff - Nodelist difference file processor.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbdiff</strong> [nodelist] [nodediff] <options></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbdiff</strong> applies a (compressed) nodediff file against the
|
||||
nodelist of the week before to create a new nodelist. The result is a new
|
||||
plain nodelist and a nodelist compressed with zip.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environmet.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbdiff</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbdiff</strong> [nodelist] [nodediff]</code> The nodelist must be the full
|
||||
path and filename without the dot and daynumber extension. The nodediff is
|
||||
the full path and filename to the (compressed) nodediff file fitting on the
|
||||
latest nodelist. It is adviced to make a seperate working directory where
|
||||
you keep the nodelists. Don't do this in your normal nodelist directory.
|
||||
When the operation is successfull, the new nodelist is in the working directory
|
||||
and the old list is removed. A compressed version of the nodelist is also
|
||||
placed in the working directory. From here you can hatch the new compressed
|
||||
nodelist with the <strong>mbfido</strong> program.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>-quiet</strong></code> - supress screen output, this switch is needed when
|
||||
<strong>mbdiff</strong> runs on the background.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Bugs.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If you find any bugs, mispelled documentation etc, please contact the author:
|
||||
Michiel Broek at 2:280/2802@Fidonet or <A HREF="mailto:mbroek@users.sourceforge.net">mbroek@users.sourceforge.net</A>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,68 +1,69 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbindex - Nodelist Index Compiler.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbindex - Nodelist Index Compiler.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbindex</strong> <options></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbindex</strong> is the nodelist index compiler. It will create
|
||||
an index file containing the sorted fidonet addresses as index file to the
|
||||
raw nodelists in the defined nodelist directory. Several other programs
|
||||
use this index file for fast retreival of data from the nodelists. Compiling
|
||||
new nodelist indexes can always be done, while compiling the result
|
||||
is stored in temporary index files and only after successfull compilation the
|
||||
original indexes are renamed and the temporary files get the normal names.
|
||||
The renamed (old) indexes stay on disk including the previous version of the
|
||||
old raw nodelist. They stay there in case some program had the nodelist or
|
||||
index still open. So in the nodelist directory there are current nodelists,
|
||||
previous
|
||||
nodelists, current indexes and previous indexes, and during compiling the
|
||||
temporary indexes. There is no need to manually remove (and not wise to do so)
|
||||
files from the nodelist directory.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The nodelists in the nodelist directory are the normal uncompressed nodelists
|
||||
in MS-DOS format (with CR/LF). The filename extensions must be two or 3 digits.
|
||||
So if you have a private pointlist named <strong>bestbbs.pts</strong> you
|
||||
will have to rename that to <strong>bestbbs.999</strong> to make it work.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbindex</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbindex</strong> -quiet</code> Quiet mode, no screen output. Use the switch
|
||||
if you run <strong>mbindex</strong> from a shellscript or from the crontab.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbindex - Nodelist Index Compiler.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbindex - Nodelist Index Compiler.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbindex</strong> <options></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbindex</strong> is the nodelist index compiler. It will create
|
||||
an index file containing the sorted fidonet addresses as index file to the
|
||||
raw nodelists in the defined nodelist directory. Several other programs
|
||||
use this index file for fast retreival of data from the nodelists. Compiling
|
||||
new nodelist indexes can always be done, while compiling the result
|
||||
is stored in temporary index files and only after successfull compilation the
|
||||
original indexes are renamed and the temporary files get the normal names.
|
||||
The renamed (old) indexes stay on disk including the previous version of the
|
||||
old raw nodelist. They stay there in case some program had the nodelist or
|
||||
index still open. So in the nodelist directory there are current nodelists,
|
||||
previous
|
||||
nodelists, current indexes and previous indexes, and during compiling the
|
||||
temporary indexes. There is no need to manually remove (and not wise to do so)
|
||||
files from the nodelist directory.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The nodelists in the nodelist directory are the normal uncompressed nodelists
|
||||
in MS-DOS format (with CR/LF). The filename extensions must be two or 3 digits.
|
||||
So if you have a private pointlist named <strong>bestbbs.pts</strong> you
|
||||
will have to rename that to <strong>bestbbs.999</strong> to make it work.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbindex</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbindex</strong> -quiet</code> Quiet mode, no screen output. Use the switch
|
||||
if you run <strong>mbindex</strong> from a shellscript or from the crontab.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,38 +1,39 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mblang - Language Data Compiler.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mblang - Language Data Compiler</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mblang</strong> [language data file] [language source text]</code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mblang</strong> compiles the source textfile to language datafile
|
||||
which is used by the <strong>mbsebbs</strong> program. You only need to
|
||||
use this program if you install a new language file. When you build the
|
||||
complete mbse bbs package, this command is run automatic for you.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mblang - Language Data Compiler.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mblang - Language Data Compiler</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mblang</strong> [language data file] [language source text]</code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mblang</strong> compiles the source textfile to language datafile
|
||||
which is used by the <strong>mbsebbs</strong> program. You only need to
|
||||
use this program if you install a new language file. When you build the
|
||||
complete mbse bbs package, this command is run automatic for you.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,45 +1,46 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbmon - MBSE BBS Monitor.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 07-jun-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbmon - MBSE BBS Monitor</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Sysnopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmon</strong></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbmon</strong> is the monitor program so that you can see what is
|
||||
happening on your bbs. It can show all processes and actions of all programs,
|
||||
show system statitistics, disk useage, and the last callers list.
|
||||
<strong>mbmon</strong> must run on the same system where the bbs is.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbmon</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbmon - MBSE BBS Monitor.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 07-jun-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbmon - MBSE BBS Monitor</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Sysnopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmon</strong></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbmon</strong> is the monitor program so that you can see what is
|
||||
happening on your bbs. It can show all processes and actions of all programs,
|
||||
show system statitistics, disk useage, and the last callers list.
|
||||
<strong>mbmon</strong> must run on the same system where the bbs is.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbmon</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,93 +1,94 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbmsg - Message Base Utility.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbmsg - Message Base Utility</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Sysnopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> [commands] <options></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbmsg</strong>
|
||||
is the message base utility program for mbsebbs. In order to run mbmsg you
|
||||
must have started <strong>mbsed</strong>,
|
||||
this is the deamon which controls all bbs activities.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main purpose of <strong>mbmsg</strong>
|
||||
is to link messages after tossing mail, and to maintain the size of the message
|
||||
bases and the age of the messages. The best way to do the maintenance is to
|
||||
run <strong>mbmsg</strong>
|
||||
from the crontab. example:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
30 05 * * * export MBSE_ROOT=/bbs; /bbs/bin/mbmsg kill pack link -quiet
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
Another purpose is to automatic post messages in message areas. Echomail and
|
||||
netmail is possible.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbmsg</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> link</code> Link all messages by subject ignoring
|
||||
Re: in the subject lines. You should run this after tossing or scanning mail.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> kill</code> Kill messages in areas that have the
|
||||
<strong>age</strong> set or the <strong>maximum</strong> messages set.
|
||||
A setting of 0 is ignored. The messages are not removed from the message base,
|
||||
they are only marked as deleted.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> pack</code> This command actualy removes the
|
||||
messages who have the deleted flag set.
|
||||
The lastread pointers are updated and the messages renumbered. After this
|
||||
command there is no way you can recover your messages, except from backups.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> post <to> <#> <subj> <file> <flavor>
|
||||
</code> This command posts a message in numbered area. If a field
|
||||
consists of more then one word it must be surounded with quotes.
|
||||
The <strong>to </strong> field can be "Michiel Broek" for a full name or
|
||||
"Michiel_Broek@f16.n2801.z2.fidonet" for netmail addressing. Look out:
|
||||
you need underscore between the firstname and lastname, no spaces.
|
||||
Flavor can be one or more of the characters "c", "i", "h" or "p" to set the Crash,
|
||||
Immediate, Hold or Private flags.
|
||||
If no flavor is needed, use the - (minus sign) as a placeholder.
|
||||
<p> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> [command] -area <#></code>
|
||||
Process only one area <#> number.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> [command] -quiet</code> Quiet mode,
|
||||
no screen output. Use this switch if you run <strong>mbmsg</strong>
|
||||
from the crontab.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbmsg - Message Base Utility.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbmsg - Message Base Utility</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Sysnopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> [commands] <options></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbmsg</strong>
|
||||
is the message base utility program for mbsebbs. In order to run mbmsg you
|
||||
must have started <strong>mbsed</strong>,
|
||||
this is the deamon which controls all bbs activities.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The main purpose of <strong>mbmsg</strong>
|
||||
is to link messages after tossing mail, and to maintain the size of the message
|
||||
bases and the age of the messages. The best way to do the maintenance is to
|
||||
run <strong>mbmsg</strong>
|
||||
from the crontab. example:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
30 05 * * * export MBSE_ROOT=/bbs; /bbs/bin/mbmsg kill pack link -quiet
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
Another purpose is to automatic post messages in message areas. Echomail and
|
||||
netmail is possible.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbmsg</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> link</code> Link all messages by subject ignoring
|
||||
Re: in the subject lines. You should run this after tossing or scanning mail.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> kill</code> Kill messages in areas that have the
|
||||
<strong>age</strong> set or the <strong>maximum</strong> messages set.
|
||||
A setting of 0 is ignored. The messages are not removed from the message base,
|
||||
they are only marked as deleted.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> pack</code> This command actualy removes the
|
||||
messages who have the deleted flag set.
|
||||
The lastread pointers are updated and the messages renumbered. After this
|
||||
command there is no way you can recover your messages, except from backups.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> post <to> <#> <subj> <file> <flavor>
|
||||
</code> This command posts a message in numbered area. If a field
|
||||
consists of more then one word it must be surounded with quotes.
|
||||
The <strong>to </strong> field can be "Michiel Broek" for a full name or
|
||||
"Michiel_Broek@f16.n2801.z2.fidonet" for netmail addressing. Look out:
|
||||
you need underscore between the firstname and lastname, no spaces.
|
||||
Flavor can be one or more of the characters "c", "i", "h" or "p" to set the Crash,
|
||||
Immediate, Hold or Private flags.
|
||||
If no flavor is needed, use the - (minus sign) as a placeholder.
|
||||
<p> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> [command] -area <#></code>
|
||||
Process only one area <#> number.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbmsg</strong> [command] -quiet</code> Quiet mode,
|
||||
no screen output. Use this switch if you run <strong>mbmsg</strong>
|
||||
from the crontab.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,105 +1,106 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbout - The Outbound Manager.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 31-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbout - The Outbound Manager</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> [command] <params> <options></strong>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbout</strong> is the outbound manager for MBSE BBS. It can ask
|
||||
information from the nodelists, create and remove polls, request and send files and
|
||||
display the outbound status. Most of the tasks such as create and remove
|
||||
polls should be done from the crontab.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbout</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> att <node> <flavor> <file></code> will attach
|
||||
the specified file to the specified node. The node should be in the format
|
||||
f2802.n280.z2, flavor should be crash, immediate, normal or hold. Only the first
|
||||
letter of the flavor parameter is needed.
|
||||
If the node is not in the nodelist, the status is Down or Hold, then this command fails.
|
||||
To non-CM nodes you mus use the <strong>Immediate</strong> flavor if you want to send the file direct.
|
||||
The flavors Hold and Normal are still allowed. The file must be in the directory range
|
||||
from where file attaches are allowed.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> poll [node..node]</code> creates poll requests in the outbound
|
||||
for one or more nodes. The node should be in the format f2802.n280.z2. The semafore
|
||||
<strong>scanout</strong> is created so that the mailer will start calling.
|
||||
The mailer will handle the poll request as if it should deliver immediate mail,
|
||||
so the node will be called as long as the poll request exists, even to nodes which are not CM.
|
||||
The error counter for the node to poll will be reset to zero, so a node that was
|
||||
previous marked undialable will be called again.
|
||||
If a call to a node is successfull, the poll file will be removed by <strong>mbcico</strong>.
|
||||
If a node is not in the nodelist or has the status Down or Hold, no poll will be created for that node.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> stop [node..node]</code> removes poll requests that are
|
||||
leftover when polling nodes didn't succeed. There is no check if the node is
|
||||
in the nodelist or has the status Down or Hold, the poll is always removed.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> req <node> <file> [file..file]</code> creates
|
||||
filerequests to a node. One or more filenames may be given including wildcards.
|
||||
It is not possible to do update or password protected uploads yet. If there
|
||||
is already a requestlist for that node, the new requests will be added. This
|
||||
command does not call a node, you need to create a poll request to make the
|
||||
actual call. This is also practical if you want some files from your uplink,
|
||||
just make the requests and the actual request is send when your normal
|
||||
scheduled poll to your uplink is processed.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> stat</code> shows the status of the mailer outbound.
|
||||
This status is also written to the logfile.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> node <node></code> will show the nodelist information for
|
||||
a certain node.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> [commands] -quiet</code> will suppress screen output. This is
|
||||
usefull if you run <strong>mbout</strong> from the crontab or from background
|
||||
scripts.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Examples.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an example of crontab entries that writes the outbound status to the
|
||||
logfile and creates and stops polling of 2 nodes.<br>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
00 00 * * * export MBSE_ROOT=/opt/mbse; $MBSE_ROOT/bin/mbout stat -quiet
|
||||
00 01 * * * export MBSE_ROOT=/opt/mbse; $MBSE_ROOT/bin/mbout poll f98.n100.z92 f0.n100.z92 -quiet
|
||||
00 02 * * * export MBSE_ROOT=/opt/mbse; $MBSE_ROOT/bin/mbout stop f98.n100.z92 f0.n100.z92 -quiet
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbout - The Outbound Manager.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 31-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbout - The Outbound Manager</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> [command] <params> <options></strong>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbout</strong> is the outbound manager for MBSE BBS. It can ask
|
||||
information from the nodelists, create and remove polls, request and send files and
|
||||
display the outbound status. Most of the tasks such as create and remove
|
||||
polls should be done from the crontab.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbout</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> att <node> <flavor> <file></code> will attach
|
||||
the specified file to the specified node. The node should be in the format
|
||||
f2802.n280.z2, flavor should be crash, immediate, normal or hold. Only the first
|
||||
letter of the flavor parameter is needed.
|
||||
If the node is not in the nodelist, the status is Down or Hold, then this command fails.
|
||||
To non-CM nodes you mus use the <strong>Immediate</strong> flavor if you want to send the file direct.
|
||||
The flavors Hold and Normal are still allowed. The file must be in the directory range
|
||||
from where file attaches are allowed.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> poll [node..node]</code> creates poll requests in the outbound
|
||||
for one or more nodes. The node should be in the format f2802.n280.z2. The semafore
|
||||
<strong>scanout</strong> is created so that the mailer will start calling.
|
||||
The mailer will handle the poll request as if it should deliver immediate mail,
|
||||
so the node will be called as long as the poll request exists, even to nodes which are not CM.
|
||||
The error counter for the node to poll will be reset to zero, so a node that was
|
||||
previous marked undialable will be called again.
|
||||
If a call to a node is successfull, the poll file will be removed by <strong>mbcico</strong>.
|
||||
If a node is not in the nodelist or has the status Down or Hold, no poll will be created for that node.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> stop [node..node]</code> removes poll requests that are
|
||||
leftover when polling nodes didn't succeed. There is no check if the node is
|
||||
in the nodelist or has the status Down or Hold, the poll is always removed.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> req <node> <file> [file..file]</code> creates
|
||||
filerequests to a node. One or more filenames may be given including wildcards.
|
||||
It is not possible to do update or password protected uploads yet. If there
|
||||
is already a requestlist for that node, the new requests will be added. This
|
||||
command does not call a node, you need to create a poll request to make the
|
||||
actual call. This is also practical if you want some files from your uplink,
|
||||
just make the requests and the actual request is send when your normal
|
||||
scheduled poll to your uplink is processed.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> stat</code> shows the status of the mailer outbound.
|
||||
This status is also written to the logfile.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> node <node></code> will show the nodelist information for
|
||||
a certain node.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbout</strong> [commands] -quiet</code> will suppress screen output. This is
|
||||
usefull if you run <strong>mbout</strong> from the crontab or from background
|
||||
scripts.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Examples.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is an example of crontab entries that writes the outbound status to the
|
||||
logfile and creates and stops polling of 2 nodes.<br>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
00 00 * * * export MBSE_ROOT=/opt/mbse; $MBSE_ROOT/bin/mbout stat -quiet
|
||||
00 01 * * * export MBSE_ROOT=/opt/mbse; $MBSE_ROOT/bin/mbout poll f98.n100.z92 f0.n100.z92 -quiet
|
||||
00 02 * * * export MBSE_ROOT=/opt/mbse; $MBSE_ROOT/bin/mbout stop f98.n100.z92 f0.n100.z92 -quiet
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,49 +1,50 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbseq - Sequence number creator.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 31-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbseq - Sequence number creator</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbseq</strong></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbseq</strong> writes a eight character hexadecimal unique sequence
|
||||
number to the stdout. This number is received from <strong>mbsed</strong>
|
||||
which keeps track of the generated sequence numbers. This written number can
|
||||
be used in shell scripts to create unique filenames for Fidonet .pkt files,
|
||||
for example:
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code>
|
||||
cp temp.pkt `mbseq`.pkt
|
||||
</code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Bugs.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Nah, it's only 50 lines code, what could go wrong?
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbseq - Sequence number creator.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 31-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbseq - Sequence number creator</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbseq</strong></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbseq</strong> writes a eight character hexadecimal unique sequence
|
||||
number to the stdout. This number is received from <strong>mbsed</strong>
|
||||
which keeps track of the generated sequence numbers. This written number can
|
||||
be used in shell scripts to create unique filenames for Fidonet .pkt files,
|
||||
for example:
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code>
|
||||
cp temp.pkt `mbseq`.pkt
|
||||
</code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Bugs.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Nah, it's only 50 lines code, what could go wrong?
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
|
@ -1,79 +1,80 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbstat - MBSE BBS Status Changer.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 07-Jul-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbstat - MBSE BBS Status Changer</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> [commands] <options></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbstat</strong> changes the bbs status between open and close, can wait
|
||||
for all users to logoff and wait for critical utilities to stop their actions.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbstat</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> semafore scanout</code> will set the internal
|
||||
semafore <i>scanout</i> in the <b>mbtask</b> daemon. The following semafore's
|
||||
are valid: scanout, mailout, mailin, mbindex, reqindex, msglink.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> close</code> will close the bbs for users.
|
||||
Users that are just logging in to the bbs will be thrown out after a short message.
|
||||
Users already logged in will be thrown out when they pass by a menu prompt.
|
||||
So users who are doing file transfers can finish their transfers before being disconnected.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> open</code> opens the bbs for users.
|
||||
This should be run from one of the system startup scripts right after you started
|
||||
<strong>mbsed</strong>. If you installed everything as it should this
|
||||
command is already executed at system startup.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> wait</code> will
|
||||
wait for the bbs to become free. This includes a check for utilities that
|
||||
do critical actions so they can finish their job without corrupting the bbs
|
||||
databases. The default is to wait 60 minutes. If the semafore
|
||||
<strong>upsdown</strong> exists it will wait only 30 seconds.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
You should run <strong>mbstat close wait</strong> in your system shutdown script so
|
||||
that the system shutdown will wait for a clean shutdown of the bbs before
|
||||
the rest of your system goes down. If you installed everything as it should
|
||||
be then these commands are already installed in your system shutdown scripts.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> [command] -quiet</code> will supress screen output.
|
||||
This is good for using mbstat in scripts.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbstat - MBSE BBS Status Changer.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 07-Jul-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbstat - MBSE BBS Status Changer</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> [commands] <options></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbstat</strong> changes the bbs status between open and close, can wait
|
||||
for all users to logoff and wait for critical utilities to stop their actions.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbstat</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> semafore scanout</code> will set the internal
|
||||
semafore <i>scanout</i> in the <b>mbtask</b> daemon. The following semafore's
|
||||
are valid: scanout, mailout, mailin, mbindex, reqindex, msglink.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> close</code> will close the bbs for users.
|
||||
Users that are just logging in to the bbs will be thrown out after a short message.
|
||||
Users already logged in will be thrown out when they pass by a menu prompt.
|
||||
So users who are doing file transfers can finish their transfers before being disconnected.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> open</code> opens the bbs for users.
|
||||
This should be run from one of the system startup scripts right after you started
|
||||
<strong>mbsed</strong>. If you installed everything as it should this
|
||||
command is already executed at system startup.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> wait</code> will
|
||||
wait for the bbs to become free. This includes a check for utilities that
|
||||
do critical actions so they can finish their job without corrupting the bbs
|
||||
databases. The default is to wait 60 minutes. If the semafore
|
||||
<strong>upsdown</strong> exists it will wait only 30 seconds.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
You should run <strong>mbstat close wait</strong> in your system shutdown script so
|
||||
that the system shutdown will wait for a clean shutdown of the bbs before
|
||||
the rest of your system goes down. If you installed everything as it should
|
||||
be then these commands are already installed in your system shutdown scripts.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbstat</strong> [command] -quiet</code> will supress screen output.
|
||||
This is good for using mbstat in scripts.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,47 +1,48 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbtoberep - List newfiles to report.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 31-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbtoberep - List newfiles to report</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbtoberep</strong></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbtoberep</strong> is a small utility to list the file
|
||||
~/etc/toberep.data which contains the newfiles found on your system before
|
||||
<strong>mbaff announce</strong> is run. This program is intended for system
|
||||
development but I decided to leave it in the distribution for now. If you
|
||||
pipe the output thru more or less you are able to inspect the records.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbtoberep</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbtoberep - List newfiles to report.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 31-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbtoberep - List newfiles to report</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Synopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbtoberep</strong></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbtoberep</strong> is a small utility to list the file
|
||||
~/etc/toberep.data which contains the newfiles found on your system before
|
||||
<strong>mbaff announce</strong> is run. This program is intended for system
|
||||
development but I decided to leave it in the distribution for now. If you
|
||||
pipe the output thru more or less you are able to inspect the records.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbtoberep</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,71 +1,72 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbuser - User Database Maintenance.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 02-Feb-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbuser - User Database Maintenance</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Sysnopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuser</strong> [commands] <options></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbuser</strong> is the user database maintenance program. It can delete
|
||||
users upto a certain level who have not called for a number of days. It can
|
||||
also pack the user database. This is not really a pack of the database, the
|
||||
deleted records are zeroed but the database is never shrinked. Every user
|
||||
once in this database will keep his record forever. This is to be sure that
|
||||
all LastRead Pointers will be correct. Records that are zeroed can be
|
||||
reused for new users. <strong>mbuser</strong> must run setuid root and
|
||||
setgid root because it executes /usr/sbin/userdel to delete the Unix account
|
||||
of the user that is removed from the bbs.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbuser</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory. <strong>mbuser</strong> must be
|
||||
installed setuid root and setgid root, ls -la looks like this:<br>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
-rws--s--x 1 root root 23560 Jun 19 19:50 /opt/mbse/bin/mbuser*
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuser</strong> kill [n] [l]</code> will mark users to delete who have not
|
||||
called in <strong>n</strong> days upto and including level <strong>l</strong>.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuser</strong> pack</code> will delete (zero) the users marked for deletion.
|
||||
You should also run this command if you marked users to delete with
|
||||
<strong>mbsetup</strong>.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuser</strong> [command] -quiet</code> will suppress screen output, this is
|
||||
for running <strong>mbuser</strong> in the background or from the crontab.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbuser - User Database Maintenance.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 02-Feb-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbuser - User Database Maintenance</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Sysnopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuser</strong> [commands] <options></code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbuser</strong> is the user database maintenance program. It can delete
|
||||
users upto a certain level who have not called for a number of days. It can
|
||||
also pack the user database. This is not really a pack of the database, the
|
||||
deleted records are zeroed but the database is never shrinked. Every user
|
||||
once in this database will keep his record forever. This is to be sure that
|
||||
all LastRead Pointers will be correct. Records that are zeroed can be
|
||||
reused for new users. <strong>mbuser</strong> must run setuid root and
|
||||
setgid root because it executes /usr/sbin/userdel to delete the Unix account
|
||||
of the user that is removed from the bbs.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbuser</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory. <strong>mbuser</strong> must be
|
||||
installed setuid root and setgid root, ls -la looks like this:<br>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
-rws--s--x 1 root root 23560 Jun 19 19:50 /opt/mbse/bin/mbuser*
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuser</strong> kill [n] [l]</code> will mark users to delete who have not
|
||||
called in <strong>n</strong> days upto and including level <strong>l</strong>.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuser</strong> pack</code> will delete (zero) the users marked for deletion.
|
||||
You should also run this command if you marked users to delete with
|
||||
<strong>mbsetup</strong>.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Options.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuser</strong> [command] -quiet</code> will suppress screen output, this is
|
||||
for running <strong>mbuser</strong> in the background or from the crontab.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,72 +1,73 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbuseradd - The useradd wrapper.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 02-Feb-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbuseradd - The useradd wrapper.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Sysnopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuseradd</strong> [gid] [username] [comment] [userdir]</code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbuseradd</strong> is the wrapper for the <strong>useradd</strong>
|
||||
program that should be present on most Linux systems. <strong>useradd</strong>
|
||||
may only be executed by <strong>root</strong> and there are some other minor
|
||||
things that need to be done as <strong>root</strong> to create a new Unix
|
||||
account that can be used with MBSE BBS. The solution for these problems is
|
||||
<strong>mbuseradd</strong>, this little program runs setuid root and setgid
|
||||
root. If it fails to do that it aborts. <strong>mbuseradd</strong> is called
|
||||
by <strong>mbsebbs</strong> from the newuser function. You never need to
|
||||
run <strong>mbuseradd</strong> by hand. If it is successfull the user will
|
||||
have an entry in /etc/passwd, the comment is his Fidonet name, and his shell
|
||||
is $MBSE_ROOT/bin/mbsebbs.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If all this is successfull until now, the homedirectory for this user is
|
||||
created and the right ownership and permissions are set. In his homedirectory
|
||||
the empty file <strong>.hushlogin</strong> is placed to prevent check for
|
||||
new mail when he logs into your system. This is the Unix mailcheck that is
|
||||
skipped and has nothing todo with the check for new mail in the bbs. All
|
||||
other directories that are needed for the bbs are created by <b>mbsebbs</b>.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbuseradd</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory. <strong>mbuseradd</strong> must be
|
||||
installed setuid root and setgid root, ls -la looks like this:<br>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
-rws--s--x 1 root root 6644 Jun 26 21:23 /opt/mbse/bin/mbuseradd*
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuseradd</strong> [gid] [name] [comment] [usersdir]</code> for example:<br>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
mbuseradd bbs mbroek "Michiel Broek" /opt/mbse/home
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Programs - mbuseradd - The useradd wrapper.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 02-Feb-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>mbuseradd - The useradd wrapper.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Sysnopsis.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuseradd</strong> [gid] [username] [comment] [userdir]</code>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Description.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<strong>mbuseradd</strong> is the wrapper for the <strong>useradd</strong>
|
||||
program that should be present on most Linux systems. <strong>useradd</strong>
|
||||
may only be executed by <strong>root</strong> and there are some other minor
|
||||
things that need to be done as <strong>root</strong> to create a new Unix
|
||||
account that can be used with MBSE BBS. The solution for these problems is
|
||||
<strong>mbuseradd</strong>, this little program runs setuid root and setgid
|
||||
root. If it fails to do that it aborts. <strong>mbuseradd</strong> is called
|
||||
by <strong>mbsebbs</strong> from the newuser function. You never need to
|
||||
run <strong>mbuseradd</strong> by hand. If it is successfull the user will
|
||||
have an entry in /etc/passwd, the comment is his Fidonet name, and his shell
|
||||
is $MBSE_ROOT/bin/mbsebbs.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
If all this is successfull until now, the homedirectory for this user is
|
||||
created and the right ownership and permissions are set. In his homedirectory
|
||||
the empty file <strong>.hushlogin</strong> is placed to prevent check for
|
||||
new mail when he logs into your system. This is the Unix mailcheck that is
|
||||
skipped and has nothing todo with the check for new mail in the bbs. All
|
||||
other directories that are needed for the bbs are created by <b>mbsebbs</b>.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Environment.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In order to run <strong>mbuseradd</strong> you must set the global variable
|
||||
<strong>$MBSE_ROOT</strong>. This variable must point to the root directory
|
||||
of the bbs structure. The main configuration file <strong>config.data</strong>
|
||||
must be present in the ~/etc directory. <strong>mbuseradd</strong> must be
|
||||
installed setuid root and setgid root, ls -la looks like this:<br>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
-rws--s--x 1 root root 6644 Jun 26 21:23 /opt/mbse/bin/mbuseradd*
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<code><strong>mbuseradd</strong> [gid] [name] [comment] [usersdir]</code> for example:<br>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
mbuseradd bbs mbroek "Michiel Broek" /opt/mbse/home
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Index" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Main" Border="0">Back to Main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,44 +1,45 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Archiver programs.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - archiver programs</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To process mail, files and test new uploads you need archivers to process those
|
||||
files. For each (un)archiver you must setup the full path and filename and
|
||||
commandline switches. Archivers and unarchivers may be different programs such
|
||||
as <strong>zip</strong> and <strong>unzip</strong>.<p>
|
||||
There is a little
|
||||
difference in processing mail and files, mail will always work on the same
|
||||
directory, while for ticfile processing the archives can contain subdirectories.
|
||||
So it is obvious that for rearchiving a file you need the recursive
|
||||
switches to keep the directory structure within an archive as it was.<P>
|
||||
There is also a special command to replace a banner in an archive. This is when
|
||||
you receive files with the banner of your uplink in it and you want to replace
|
||||
it with the add of your own bbs and you don't want to mess with the files in
|
||||
the archive. <P>
|
||||
The last option is to extract the file FILE_ID.DIZ from the
|
||||
archive, this can be used for file description when the file is imported in
|
||||
your bbs. To make life a little more easy, during the first bbs setup the most
|
||||
common archivers already configured. You only need to make sure that they are
|
||||
really present on your system.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Archiver programs.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - archiver programs</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
To process mail, files and test new uploads you need archivers to process those
|
||||
files. For each (un)archiver you must setup the full path and filename and
|
||||
commandline switches. Archivers and unarchivers may be different programs such
|
||||
as <strong>zip</strong> and <strong>unzip</strong>.<p>
|
||||
There is a little
|
||||
difference in processing mail and files, mail will always work on the same
|
||||
directory, while for ticfile processing the archives can contain subdirectories.
|
||||
So it is obvious that for rearchiving a file you need the recursive
|
||||
switches to keep the directory structure within an archive as it was.<P>
|
||||
There is also a special command to replace a banner in an archive. This is when
|
||||
you receive files with the banner of your uplink in it and you want to replace
|
||||
it with the add of your own bbs and you don't want to mess with the files in
|
||||
the archive. <P>
|
||||
The last option is to extract the file FILE_ID.DIZ from the
|
||||
archive, this can be used for file description when the file is imported in
|
||||
your bbs. To make life a little more easy, during the first bbs setup the most
|
||||
common archivers already configured. You only need to make sure that they are
|
||||
really present on your system.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,42 +1,43 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Edit BBS Setup.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Edit BBS Setup.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Edit BBS Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The BBS setup is split in the following sections:
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="security.html">Security limits</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="language.html">Language setup</A>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="../menus/index.htm">BBS menus</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="files.html">File areas</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="protocol.html">Transfer protocols</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="bbslist.html">BBS List data</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="oneliner.html">Oneliners</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="timebank.html">TimeBank data</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="safe.html">Safe Cracker data</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Edit BBS Setup.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Edit BBS Setup.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Edit BBS Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The BBS setup is split in the following sections:
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="security.html">Security limits</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="language.html">Language setup</A>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="../menus/index.htm">BBS menus</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="files.html">File areas</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="protocol.html">Transfer protocols</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="bbslist.html">BBS List data</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="oneliner.html">Oneliners</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="timebank.html">TimeBank data</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="safe.html">Safe Cracker data</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,28 +1,29 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - BBS List Data.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - BBS List Data.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is not available yet.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="bbs.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to BBS index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - BBS List Data.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - BBS List Data.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is not available yet.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="bbs.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to BBS index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
|
@ -1,64 +1,65 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - File Groups.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - File Groups.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
File echo groups are to logically divide your file echo's for different
|
||||
file distribution networks. It makes sense to select the groups by uplink and
|
||||
area file that is available for that file distribution network. By doing that
|
||||
downlinks can connect areas that are not yet connected at your bbs but are
|
||||
available from your uplink. NOTE: uplink requests is not yet implemented.
|
||||
<P> <p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Cost Sharing.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
With the setup of groups you can also specify the Cost Sharing for the
|
||||
files distribution. The unit cost is the cost for each transmitted file
|
||||
if the unit size field is zero, or the unit price per transmitted unit size.
|
||||
The final cost is multiplied with the "Add Prom." factor to add taxes or so.
|
||||
Also if your uplink sends advanced .tic files, the cost found in that .tic
|
||||
file will be added to the cost as well. Further you can set the final price
|
||||
to divide between your downlinks or let them all pay the full price.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>File Group Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Name </strong>File Echo Group name.
|
||||
<strong>Comment </strong>The description of that group.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this group is active.
|
||||
<strong>Use Aka </strong>The Fidonet aka to use for this group
|
||||
<strong>Uplink </strong>The Fidonet aka of the uplink.
|
||||
<strong>Areas </strong>The name of the areas file (in ~/etc).
|
||||
<strong>Unit Cost </strong>The cost per unit.
|
||||
<strong>Unit Size </strong>The size in Kbytes per unit.
|
||||
<strong>Add Prom. </strong>The prommilage to add to the cost.
|
||||
<strong>Divide </strong>Divide cost over downlinks.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this group must be deleted.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/fegroup.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="tic.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to File Echo's Setup</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - File Groups.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - File Groups.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
File echo groups are to logically divide your file echo's for different
|
||||
file distribution networks. It makes sense to select the groups by uplink and
|
||||
area file that is available for that file distribution network. By doing that
|
||||
downlinks can connect areas that are not yet connected at your bbs but are
|
||||
available from your uplink. NOTE: uplink requests is not yet implemented.
|
||||
<P> <p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Cost Sharing.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
With the setup of groups you can also specify the Cost Sharing for the
|
||||
files distribution. The unit cost is the cost for each transmitted file
|
||||
if the unit size field is zero, or the unit price per transmitted unit size.
|
||||
The final cost is multiplied with the "Add Prom." factor to add taxes or so.
|
||||
Also if your uplink sends advanced .tic files, the cost found in that .tic
|
||||
file will be added to the cost as well. Further you can set the final price
|
||||
to divide between your downlinks or let them all pay the full price.
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>File Group Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Name </strong>File Echo Group name.
|
||||
<strong>Comment </strong>The description of that group.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this group is active.
|
||||
<strong>Use Aka </strong>The Fidonet aka to use for this group
|
||||
<strong>Uplink </strong>The Fidonet aka of the uplink.
|
||||
<strong>Areas </strong>The name of the areas file (in ~/etc).
|
||||
<strong>Unit Cost </strong>The cost per unit.
|
||||
<strong>Unit Size </strong>The size in Kbytes per unit.
|
||||
<strong>Add Prom. </strong>The prommilage to add to the cost.
|
||||
<strong>Divide </strong>Divide cost over downlinks.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this group must be deleted.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/fegroup.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="tic.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to File Echo's Setup</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,42 +1,42 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Fidonet Networks.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - fidonet Networks</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Each fidonet network can have maximum 6 zones. The main zone (where you are)
|
||||
must be the first zone, the others will follow. You can add 6 additional
|
||||
nodelists to merge with the main nodelist. These additional nodelists are
|
||||
normally more recent that the main nodelist, so entries in the additional
|
||||
nodelists will replace entries from the main nodelist when you compile the
|
||||
nodelists. In the shown example you can see that I have a regional nodelist
|
||||
and a pointlist added for my region. For each additional list you must
|
||||
specify the RC address because that information is normally present in these
|
||||
nodelists. <U>Watch out!</U> Nodelist names are case sensitive. If you receive a
|
||||
nodelist and automatic put them in place with the <strong>mbfido</strong>
|
||||
program, and the resulting file is uppercase, you must use uppercase names
|
||||
here also. You don't need to give the extension of the nodelist name, the
|
||||
<strong>mbindex</strong> will figure that out.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/mbsetup2.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<BR>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Fidonet Networks.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - fidonet Networks</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Each fidonet network can have maximum 6 zones. The main zone (where you are)
|
||||
must be the first zone, the others will follow. You can add 6 additional
|
||||
nodelists to merge with the main nodelist. These additional nodelists are
|
||||
normally more recent that the main nodelist, so entries in the additional
|
||||
nodelists will replace entries from the main nodelist when you compile the
|
||||
nodelists. In the shown example you can see that I have a regional nodelist
|
||||
and a pointlist added for my region. For each additional list you must
|
||||
specify the RC address because that information is normally present in these
|
||||
nodelists. <U>Watch out!</U> Nodelist names are case sensitive. If you receive a
|
||||
nodelist and automatic put them in place with the <strong>mbfido</strong>
|
||||
program, and the resulting file is uppercase, you must use uppercase names
|
||||
here also. You don't need to give the extension of the nodelist name, the
|
||||
<strong>mbindex</strong> will figure that out.
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/mbsetup2.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
|
||||
<HR>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,94 +1,95 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - TIC Areas.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 08-Jun-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - TIC Areas.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In this setup you can define the File Echo's or TIC areas. Files received or
|
||||
send from this areas are bound together with a *.tic file with information
|
||||
about the file and where to store that file. Each file echo must belong to a
|
||||
group, in this grouprecord is the information about costsharing and some
|
||||
other details. When a file is received at your system you can do several
|
||||
things with that file before it is stored in your download areas such as;
|
||||
scanning the file for virusses, extracting the FILE_ID.DIZ file to use as
|
||||
description, allow update of magic alias, convert to another compression
|
||||
format, replace the file archive comment with an add of your own bbs and limit
|
||||
the number of files (nodelists).
|
||||
<P> <p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>TIC Area Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Comment </strong>A description for this area.
|
||||
<strong>Area tag </strong>The tag for this area.
|
||||
<strong>BBS area </strong>The BBS download area number, 0 means passthru.
|
||||
<strong>Message </strong>Not in use yet.
|
||||
<strong>Group </strong>The group where this area belongs to.
|
||||
<strong>Keep # </strong>The number of files to keep, the name must match.
|
||||
<strong>Fido aka </strong>The Fidonet aka to use for this area.
|
||||
<strong>Convert </strong>The archiver to convert to, leave blank for none.
|
||||
<strong>Banner </strong>The bannerfile (in ~/etc) to replace in the archive.
|
||||
<strong>Replace </strong>Honor the "Replace" command in the .tic file.
|
||||
<strong>Dupecheck </strong>Check for duplicates in this area.
|
||||
<strong>Secure </strong>Check if the sending system is connected.
|
||||
<strong>No touch </strong>Don't touch the filedate, keep it original.
|
||||
<strong>Virus sc. </strong>Try to scan for virusses.
|
||||
<strong>Announce </strong>Files may be announced in this area.
|
||||
<strong>Upd magic </strong>Allow update magic request name.
|
||||
<strong>File_id </strong>Try to use the FILE_ID.DIZ file for description.
|
||||
<strong>Conv.all </strong>Convert archive even if it is already right.
|
||||
<strong>Send org. </strong>Send original received file instead of the file from the BBS.
|
||||
<strong>Mandatory </strong>Downlinks can't disconnect from this area.
|
||||
<strong>Notified </strong>Not in use yet.
|
||||
<strong>Upl discon </strong>Not in use yet.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this area must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this area is active.
|
||||
<strong>Systems </strong>To the screen with connected systems.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/fileecho.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Global Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
From menu 10.2 you can enter the global commands menu. In this menu you can:
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Delete connection
|
||||
<li>Add new connection
|
||||
<li>Replace connection
|
||||
<li>Change connection status
|
||||
<li>Change aka to use
|
||||
<li>Delete TIC area
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
After you have selected the action you want and added the items to do, you will see
|
||||
a screen were you can select TIC file area groups. You can then tag one or more
|
||||
groups and press enter when you are done. Then you have one chance to perform the
|
||||
actions or to bail out. All areas matching in that group are affected by your
|
||||
changes. If you are not happy with the result, don't save the database and no
|
||||
harm is done. The file mbsetup.log shows all affected areas.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="tic.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to File Echo's Setup</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - TIC Areas.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 08-Jun-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - TIC Areas.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In this setup you can define the File Echo's or TIC areas. Files received or
|
||||
send from this areas are bound together with a *.tic file with information
|
||||
about the file and where to store that file. Each file echo must belong to a
|
||||
group, in this grouprecord is the information about costsharing and some
|
||||
other details. When a file is received at your system you can do several
|
||||
things with that file before it is stored in your download areas such as;
|
||||
scanning the file for virusses, extracting the FILE_ID.DIZ file to use as
|
||||
description, allow update of magic alias, convert to another compression
|
||||
format, replace the file archive comment with an add of your own bbs and limit
|
||||
the number of files (nodelists).
|
||||
<P> <p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>TIC Area Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Comment </strong>A description for this area.
|
||||
<strong>Area tag </strong>The tag for this area.
|
||||
<strong>BBS area </strong>The BBS download area number, 0 means passthru.
|
||||
<strong>Message </strong>Not in use yet.
|
||||
<strong>Group </strong>The group where this area belongs to.
|
||||
<strong>Keep # </strong>The number of files to keep, the name must match.
|
||||
<strong>Fido aka </strong>The Fidonet aka to use for this area.
|
||||
<strong>Convert </strong>The archiver to convert to, leave blank for none.
|
||||
<strong>Banner </strong>The bannerfile (in ~/etc) to replace in the archive.
|
||||
<strong>Replace </strong>Honor the "Replace" command in the .tic file.
|
||||
<strong>Dupecheck </strong>Check for duplicates in this area.
|
||||
<strong>Secure </strong>Check if the sending system is connected.
|
||||
<strong>No touch </strong>Don't touch the filedate, keep it original.
|
||||
<strong>Virus sc. </strong>Try to scan for virusses.
|
||||
<strong>Announce </strong>Files may be announced in this area.
|
||||
<strong>Upd magic </strong>Allow update magic request name.
|
||||
<strong>File_id </strong>Try to use the FILE_ID.DIZ file for description.
|
||||
<strong>Conv.all </strong>Convert archive even if it is already right.
|
||||
<strong>Send org. </strong>Send original received file instead of the file from the BBS.
|
||||
<strong>Mandatory </strong>Downlinks can't disconnect from this area.
|
||||
<strong>Notified </strong>Not in use yet.
|
||||
<strong>Upl discon </strong>Not in use yet.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this area must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this area is active.
|
||||
<strong>Systems </strong>To the screen with connected systems.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/fileecho.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Global Commands.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
From menu 10.2 you can enter the global commands menu. In this menu you can:
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li>Delete connection
|
||||
<li>Add new connection
|
||||
<li>Replace connection
|
||||
<li>Change connection status
|
||||
<li>Change aka to use
|
||||
<li>Delete TIC area
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
After you have selected the action you want and added the items to do, you will see
|
||||
a screen were you can select TIC file area groups. You can then tag one or more
|
||||
groups and press enter when you are done. Then you have one chance to perform the
|
||||
actions or to bail out. All areas matching in that group are affected by your
|
||||
changes. If you are not happy with the result, don't save the database and no
|
||||
harm is done. The file mbsetup.log shows all affected areas.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="tic.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to File Echo's Setup</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,58 +1,59 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Filefind Areas.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Filefind Areas.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The filefind idea on Fidonet came from the program Allfix written by Harald
|
||||
Harms. The idea is
|
||||
that a user writes a mail in a filefind area addressed to "Allfix" with in the
|
||||
subject line the items to search for. On all BBS'es with a filefind utility
|
||||
those programs try to find the requested files and then produce a reply of
|
||||
which files they have found. That reply can be in the same area, in a special
|
||||
reply echo or can be sent by netmail. Usually the user gets a lot of replies
|
||||
from which he can see if someone has the file(s) available he was searching
|
||||
for.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Filefind Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Comment </strong>The comment for this area.
|
||||
<strong>Origin </strong>The origin line to use for the reply.
|
||||
<strong>Aka to use </strong>The Fidonet aka to use in this area.
|
||||
<strong>Scan area </strong>The JAM area in which to scan for requests.
|
||||
<strong>Reply area </strong>The JAM area to put the replies in, leave blank if in the same area.
|
||||
<strong>Language </strong>Not in use yet, but DO select one!
|
||||
<strong>Template </strong>Not in use yet.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this area is active.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this area must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>Net. reply </strong>If the reply will be sent by netmail.
|
||||
<strong>Hi ACSII </strong>If high ASCII is allowed in the replies.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/filefind.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Filefind Areas.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Filefind Areas.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The filefind idea on Fidonet came from the program Allfix written by Harald
|
||||
Harms. The idea is
|
||||
that a user writes a mail in a filefind area addressed to "Allfix" with in the
|
||||
subject line the items to search for. On all BBS'es with a filefind utility
|
||||
those programs try to find the requested files and then produce a reply of
|
||||
which files they have found. That reply can be in the same area, in a special
|
||||
reply echo or can be sent by netmail. Usually the user gets a lot of replies
|
||||
from which he can see if someone has the file(s) available he was searching
|
||||
for.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Filefind Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Comment </strong>The comment for this area.
|
||||
<strong>Origin </strong>The origin line to use for the reply.
|
||||
<strong>Aka to use </strong>The Fidonet aka to use in this area.
|
||||
<strong>Scan area </strong>The JAM area in which to scan for requests.
|
||||
<strong>Reply area </strong>The JAM area to put the replies in, leave blank if in the same area.
|
||||
<strong>Language </strong>Not in use yet, but DO select one!
|
||||
<strong>Template </strong>Not in use yet.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this area is active.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this area must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>Net. reply </strong>If the reply will be sent by netmail.
|
||||
<strong>Hi ACSII </strong>If high ASCII is allowed in the replies.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/filefind.gif">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
|
@ -1,80 +1,81 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS setup.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 27-May-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<h1>MBSE BBS Setup Guide</h1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Invoking mbsetup</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
As user <strong>mbse</strong> type <strong>mbsetup</strong> to start the setup
|
||||
program. This version is not yet finished. There are a few items you can't
|
||||
setup yet.
|
||||
When you start <strong>mbsetup</strong> you will see the following screen:
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/mbsetup0.gif">
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>mbsetup main options</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="global.html">Edit Global configuration</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fidonet.html">Edit Fido networks</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="archiver.html">Edit Archiver programs</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="virscan.html">Edit Virus scanners</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="modems.html">Edit Modem types</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="ttyinfo.html">Edit TTY lines info</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="nodes.html">Edit Fidonet nodes</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="bbs.html">Edit BBS setup</a>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="security.html">Edit Security limits</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="language.html">Edit Language setup</A>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="../menus/index.htm">Edit BBS menus</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="files.html">Edit File areas</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="protocol.html">Edit Transfer protocols</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="bbslist.html">Edit BBS List data</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="oneliner.html">Edit Oneliners</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="timebank.html">Edit TimeBank data</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="safe.html">Edit Safe Cracker data</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="mail.html">Edit Mail setup</A>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="emgroup.html">Echo mail groups</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="emareas.html">Echo mail areas</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="tic.html">Edit File echo's setup</a>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fegroup.html">Edit Fileecho groups</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fileecho.html">Edit Fileecho areas</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="hatch.html">Edit Hatch manager</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="magic.html">Edit Magic files</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="newgroups.html">Edit Newfiles groups</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="newfiles.html">Edit Newfiles reports</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="filefind.html">Edit Filefind setup</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fdb.html">Edit Files database</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="users.html">Edit BBS users</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="services.html">Edit Services</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="domains.html">Edit Domains</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="taskmgr.html">Edit Task Manager</A>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="softinfo.html">Show software information</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="sitedoc.html">Create site documents</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" border="0" width="33" height="35">Back to index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS setup.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 27-May-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<h1>MBSE BBS Setup Guide</h1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Invoking mbsetup</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
As user <strong>mbse</strong> type <strong>mbsetup</strong> to start the setup
|
||||
program. This version is not yet finished. There are a few items you can't
|
||||
setup yet.
|
||||
When you start <strong>mbsetup</strong> you will see the following screen:
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/mbsetup0.gif">
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>mbsetup main options</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="global.html">Edit Global configuration</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fidonet.html">Edit Fido networks</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="archiver.html">Edit Archiver programs</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="virscan.html">Edit Virus scanners</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="modems.html">Edit Modem types</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="ttyinfo.html">Edit TTY lines info</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="nodes.html">Edit Fidonet nodes</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="bbs.html">Edit BBS setup</a>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="security.html">Edit Security limits</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="language.html">Edit Language setup</A>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="../menus/index.htm">Edit BBS menus</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="files.html">Edit File areas</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="protocol.html">Edit Transfer protocols</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="bbslist.html">Edit BBS List data</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="oneliner.html">Edit Oneliners</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="timebank.html">Edit TimeBank data</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="safe.html">Edit Safe Cracker data</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="mail.html">Edit Mail setup</A>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="emgroup.html">Echo mail groups</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="emareas.html">Echo mail areas</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="tic.html">Edit File echo's setup</a>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fegroup.html">Edit Fileecho groups</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fileecho.html">Edit Fileecho areas</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="hatch.html">Edit Hatch manager</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="magic.html">Edit Magic files</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="newgroups.html">Edit Newfiles groups</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="newfiles.html">Edit Newfiles reports</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="filefind.html">Edit Filefind setup</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fdb.html">Edit Files database</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="users.html">Edit BBS users</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="services.html">Edit Services</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="domains.html">Edit Domains</A>
|
||||
<LI><A HREF="taskmgr.html">Edit Task Manager</A>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="softinfo.html">Show software information</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="sitedoc.html">Create site documents</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="../index.htm"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Back" border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
|
@ -1,74 +1,75 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - Magic Files Setup.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - Magics Files Setup.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Magics are special actions that you can perform if files received in a .tic
|
||||
area. The actions are: copy file to a directory, unpack file in a directory,
|
||||
set number of files to keep, move file to another .tic area, update magic
|
||||
request alias, adopt file into another area, store in another path,
|
||||
delete file (don't process it further) and execute a command. The edit screen
|
||||
is different for all kinds of actions you select. More than one magic record
|
||||
may exist for each area. With all these actions you can for example can setup
|
||||
processing of nodediff's and unpacking nodelists in the nodelist directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Magics Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Magic </strong>The action to perform, select with the spacebar.
|
||||
<strong>Filemask </strong>The filemask to scan for. "?" Matches all characters,
|
||||
"#" matches any digit and "@" any alpha character.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this magic is active.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this magic must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>Area </strong>The area in which this magic is found.
|
||||
<strong>To path </strong>The destination path. (Copy, Other path and Unpack).
|
||||
<strong>To area </strong>The destination area. (Adopt and Move).
|
||||
<strong>Command </strong>The command to execute. (Execute).
|
||||
<strong>Keep # </strong>The number of files to keep. (Keep).
|
||||
<strong>Compile </strong>Trigger "compile nodelists". (Copy, Unpack and Execute).
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Macro's</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In the commandline for the magic execute command you may use macro's to replace
|
||||
parts of the commandline. The following macro's are defined:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>%F </strong>Replaced by the full path and filename of the file.
|
||||
<strong>%P </strong>Replaced by the full path to the file.
|
||||
<strong>%N </strong>Replaced by the filename without dot and extension.
|
||||
<strong>%E </strong>Replaced by the extension of the filename.
|
||||
<strong>%L </strong>The last 2 characters of the filename extension.
|
||||
<strong>%D </strong>The day number of the year, 3 digits.
|
||||
<strong>%C </strong>The last 2 digits of the day number of the year.
|
||||
<strong>%A </strong>The .tic area name.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/magic.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="tic.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to File Echo's Setup</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - Magic Files Setup.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup - Magics Files Setup.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Magics are special actions that you can perform if files received in a .tic
|
||||
area. The actions are: copy file to a directory, unpack file in a directory,
|
||||
set number of files to keep, move file to another .tic area, update magic
|
||||
request alias, adopt file into another area, store in another path,
|
||||
delete file (don't process it further) and execute a command. The edit screen
|
||||
is different for all kinds of actions you select. More than one magic record
|
||||
may exist for each area. With all these actions you can for example can setup
|
||||
processing of nodediff's and unpacking nodelists in the nodelist directory.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Magics Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Magic </strong>The action to perform, select with the spacebar.
|
||||
<strong>Filemask </strong>The filemask to scan for. "?" Matches all characters,
|
||||
"#" matches any digit and "@" any alpha character.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this magic is active.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this magic must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>Area </strong>The area in which this magic is found.
|
||||
<strong>To path </strong>The destination path. (Copy, Other path and Unpack).
|
||||
<strong>To area </strong>The destination area. (Adopt and Move).
|
||||
<strong>Command </strong>The command to execute. (Execute).
|
||||
<strong>Keep # </strong>The number of files to keep. (Keep).
|
||||
<strong>Compile </strong>Trigger "compile nodelists". (Copy, Unpack and Execute).
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Macro's</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In the commandline for the magic execute command you may use macro's to replace
|
||||
parts of the commandline. The following macro's are defined:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>%F </strong>Replaced by the full path and filename of the file.
|
||||
<strong>%P </strong>Replaced by the full path to the file.
|
||||
<strong>%N </strong>Replaced by the filename without dot and extension.
|
||||
<strong>%E </strong>Replaced by the extension of the filename.
|
||||
<strong>%L </strong>The last 2 characters of the filename extension.
|
||||
<strong>%D </strong>The day number of the year, 3 digits.
|
||||
<strong>%C </strong>The last 2 digits of the day number of the year.
|
||||
<strong>%A </strong>The .tic area name.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/magic.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="tic.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to File Echo's Setup</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,35 +1,36 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Mail Setup.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Mail Setup.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Edit Mail Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The Mail Setup is split in the following sections:
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="emgroup.html">Echo mail groups</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="emareas.html">Echo mail areas</A>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Mail Setup.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Mail Setup.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Edit Mail Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The Mail Setup is split in the following sections:
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="emgroup.html">Echo mail groups</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="emareas.html">Echo mail areas</A>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,88 +1,89 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Modem types.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Modem types</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In the setup screen you can define all kinds of modems you use. This includes
|
||||
ISDN modems.
|
||||
This is not the setup of individual lines, that is in the next section, so
|
||||
if you own a bbs with 5 analogue lines with only two brands and types of
|
||||
modems connected, you need only to define those two types of modems here. Some
|
||||
defaults are installed during initial bbs setup.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Setup a modem.</h3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Type </strong>The description of this modem.
|
||||
<strong>Init 1 </strong>The first modem init string.
|
||||
<strong>Init 2 </strong>The second init string (if needed).
|
||||
<strong>Init 3 </strong>The third init string (if needed).
|
||||
<strong>Reset </strong>Not in use
|
||||
<strong>Hangup </strong>Only needed if drop DTR doesn't work.
|
||||
<strong>Dial </strong>The dial command.
|
||||
<strong>Info </strong>Command to get caller-id (not tested).
|
||||
<strong>Ok </strong>The modem "OK" response.
|
||||
<strong>Offset </strong>The answer/connect time offset.
|
||||
<strong>Speed </strong>The maximum modem linespeed, ie 28800.
|
||||
<strong>Available </strong>If this modem is available.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this modem must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>Stripdash </strong>Strip dashes from the dial command.
|
||||
<strong>Connect strings </strong>Here you can define 20 connect strings.
|
||||
<strong>Error strings </strong>Here you can define 10 non-connect strings.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Special characters</H3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>\\ </strong>Send one backslash.
|
||||
<strong>\r </strong>Send the CR character.
|
||||
<strong>\n </strong>Send the LF character.
|
||||
<strong>\t </strong>Send the TAB character.
|
||||
<strong>\b </strong>Send the BS character.
|
||||
<strong>\s </strong>Send a space character.
|
||||
<strong>\d </strong>Wait one second.
|
||||
<strong>\p </strong>Wait 0,25 second.
|
||||
<strong>\D </strong>Send untranslated phone number.
|
||||
<strong>\T </strong>Send translated phone number.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>The Hangup field</H3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
This is only needed if your modem doesn't hangup by dropping the DTR line for
|
||||
one second. Most modems do that if &D2 or &D3 is in the init string.
|
||||
<p> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>The Offset field.</H3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The <strong>Offset</strong> field is to calculate the cost for outgoing calls.
|
||||
Analogue modems need time to establish the connection, 6 seconds is quite
|
||||
common. So when you see the CONNECT BLABLA message, the phone connection
|
||||
is there already 6 seconds and you are already paying for 6 seconds. This
|
||||
offset is thus added to the total calculated connect time for cost
|
||||
calculations. For ISDN modems this can be 1 or 0.
|
||||
<p> <P>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/modems0.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Modem types.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Modem types</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
In the setup screen you can define all kinds of modems you use. This includes
|
||||
ISDN modems.
|
||||
This is not the setup of individual lines, that is in the next section, so
|
||||
if you own a bbs with 5 analogue lines with only two brands and types of
|
||||
modems connected, you need only to define those two types of modems here. Some
|
||||
defaults are installed during initial bbs setup.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Setup a modem.</h3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Type </strong>The description of this modem.
|
||||
<strong>Init 1 </strong>The first modem init string.
|
||||
<strong>Init 2 </strong>The second init string (if needed).
|
||||
<strong>Init 3 </strong>The third init string (if needed).
|
||||
<strong>Reset </strong>Not in use
|
||||
<strong>Hangup </strong>Only needed if drop DTR doesn't work.
|
||||
<strong>Dial </strong>The dial command.
|
||||
<strong>Info </strong>Command to get caller-id (not tested).
|
||||
<strong>Ok </strong>The modem "OK" response.
|
||||
<strong>Offset </strong>The answer/connect time offset.
|
||||
<strong>Speed </strong>The maximum modem linespeed, ie 28800.
|
||||
<strong>Available </strong>If this modem is available.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this modem must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>Stripdash </strong>Strip dashes from the dial command.
|
||||
<strong>Connect strings </strong>Here you can define 20 connect strings.
|
||||
<strong>Error strings </strong>Here you can define 10 non-connect strings.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Special characters</H3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>\\ </strong>Send one backslash.
|
||||
<strong>\r </strong>Send the CR character.
|
||||
<strong>\n </strong>Send the LF character.
|
||||
<strong>\t </strong>Send the TAB character.
|
||||
<strong>\b </strong>Send the BS character.
|
||||
<strong>\s </strong>Send a space character.
|
||||
<strong>\d </strong>Wait one second.
|
||||
<strong>\p </strong>Wait 0,25 second.
|
||||
<strong>\D </strong>Send untranslated phone number.
|
||||
<strong>\T </strong>Send translated phone number.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<p> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>The Hangup field</H3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
This is only needed if your modem doesn't hangup by dropping the DTR line for
|
||||
one second. Most modems do that if &D2 or &D3 is in the init string.
|
||||
<p> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>The Offset field.</H3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
The <strong>Offset</strong> field is to calculate the cost for outgoing calls.
|
||||
Analogue modems need time to establish the connection, 6 seconds is quite
|
||||
common. So when you see the CONNECT BLABLA message, the phone connection
|
||||
is there already 6 seconds and you are already paying for 6 seconds. This
|
||||
offset is thus added to the total calculated connect time for cost
|
||||
calculations. For ISDN modems this can be 1 or 0.
|
||||
<p> <P>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/modems0.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,54 +1,55 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Newfiles Reports.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Newfiles Reports.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
For each network you can define one or more newfiles reports to announce the
|
||||
newfiles that arrived on your BBS. The files to include in the reports are
|
||||
specified by the newfiles groups you can include or exclude for announcement.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Reports Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Comment </strong>The comment for this report.
|
||||
<strong>Msg area </strong>The JAM message base to write the report in.
|
||||
<strong>Origin line </strong>The origin line to use.
|
||||
<strong>From name </strong>The name to use in the "From:" field.
|
||||
<strong>To name </strong>The name to use in the "To :" field.
|
||||
<strong>Subject </strong>The text to use in the "Subj:" field.
|
||||
<strong>Language </strong>Not in use yet, but DO select!
|
||||
<strong>Template </strong>Not in use yet.
|
||||
<strong>Aka to use </strong>The Fidonet aka to use in this area.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this report is active.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this report must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>High ASCII </strong>Allow high ASCII in this area.
|
||||
<strong>New groups </strong>The screen to define the groups to include.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/newfiles.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Newfiles Reports.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Newfiles Reports.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
For each network you can define one or more newfiles reports to announce the
|
||||
newfiles that arrived on your BBS. The files to include in the reports are
|
||||
specified by the newfiles groups you can include or exclude for announcement.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Reports Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Comment </strong>The comment for this report.
|
||||
<strong>Msg area </strong>The JAM message base to write the report in.
|
||||
<strong>Origin line </strong>The origin line to use.
|
||||
<strong>From name </strong>The name to use in the "From:" field.
|
||||
<strong>To name </strong>The name to use in the "To :" field.
|
||||
<strong>Subject </strong>The text to use in the "Subj:" field.
|
||||
<strong>Language </strong>Not in use yet, but DO select!
|
||||
<strong>Template </strong>Not in use yet.
|
||||
<strong>Aka to use </strong>The Fidonet aka to use in this area.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this report is active.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this report must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>High ASCII </strong>Allow high ASCII in this area.
|
||||
<strong>New groups </strong>The screen to define the groups to include.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/newfiles.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,49 +1,50 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Newfiles Groups.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Newfiles Groups.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The newfiles group are there to create separate newfiles announcements for
|
||||
several networks and areas. Even if you don't want to make different
|
||||
announcements you still need to define at least 2 groups. One is a group
|
||||
where you don't announce files in and one where you do. These groups are
|
||||
linked to the BBS file areas and must be defined before you define the BBS
|
||||
file areas. As you can see in the example picture I seperated the groups
|
||||
in subjects.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Newfiles Groups Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Name </strong>The tag name of the group.
|
||||
<strong>Comment </strong>The comment for this group.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this group is active.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this group must be deleted.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/newgroups.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Newfiles Groups.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Newfiles Groups.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The newfiles group are there to create separate newfiles announcements for
|
||||
several networks and areas. Even if you don't want to make different
|
||||
announcements you still need to define at least 2 groups. One is a group
|
||||
where you don't announce files in and one where you do. These groups are
|
||||
linked to the BBS file areas and must be defined before you define the BBS
|
||||
file areas. As you can see in the example picture I seperated the groups
|
||||
in subjects.
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Newfiles Groups Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Name </strong>The tag name of the group.
|
||||
<strong>Comment </strong>The comment for this group.
|
||||
<strong>Active </strong>If this group is active.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this group must be deleted.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/newgroups.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,37 +1,38 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Oneliners.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Oneliners.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Oneliners.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Oneliners are small quotes that can be random selected and displayed to
|
||||
your users. From the same database oneliners can be selected and inserted
|
||||
at the bottom of messages. With the oneliners setup you can edit, add,
|
||||
delete and import oneliners. Import is done from plain ASCII textfiles,
|
||||
one quote on each line. The lines should be maximum 70 characters long.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/oneliner.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="bbs.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to BBS index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Oneliners.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Oneliners.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Oneliners.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
Oneliners are small quotes that can be random selected and displayed to
|
||||
your users. From the same database oneliners can be selected and inserted
|
||||
at the bottom of messages. With the oneliners setup you can edit, add,
|
||||
delete and import oneliners. Import is done from plain ASCII textfiles,
|
||||
one quote on each line. The lines should be maximum 70 characters long.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/oneliner.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="bbs.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to BBS index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,55 +1,56 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Transfer Protocols.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Transfer Protocols.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
It might look strange that you have to define transfer protocols for the bbs
|
||||
while for the mailer you don't need to do that. This is historic, ifcico
|
||||
already had internal protocols and the precessor of the bbs package had external
|
||||
protocols. Because my priority was make the bbs working it still is that way.
|
||||
When time comes I will build some of the protocols internal, adding external
|
||||
protocols will allways be possible.
|
||||
<P> <p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Transfer Protocols Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Select Key </strong>The key the user has to press to select this protocol.
|
||||
<strong>Name </strong>The name of this protocol.
|
||||
<strong>Upload </strong>The full path and filename and parameters to upload files.
|
||||
<strong>Download </strong>The full path and filename and parameters to download files.
|
||||
<strong>Available </strong>If this protocol is available.
|
||||
<strong>Batching </strong>If this is a batching protocol.
|
||||
<strong>Bi direct </strong>If this is a bi-directional protocol (Not supported yet).
|
||||
<strong>Advice </strong>A small advice to the user shown before the transfer starts.
|
||||
<strong>Efficiency </strong>The efficiency in percent. Has no real meaning.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this protocol must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>Sec. level </strong>The security level a user must have to select this protocol.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/protocol.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="bbs.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to BBS index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Transfer Protocols.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Transfer Protocols.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction.</H3>
|
||||
<p>
|
||||
It might look strange that you have to define transfer protocols for the bbs
|
||||
while for the mailer you don't need to do that. This is historic, ifcico
|
||||
already had internal protocols and the precessor of the bbs package had external
|
||||
protocols. Because my priority was make the bbs working it still is that way.
|
||||
When time comes I will build some of the protocols internal, adding external
|
||||
protocols will allways be possible.
|
||||
<P> <p>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Transfer Protocols Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
<strong>Select Key </strong>The key the user has to press to select this protocol.
|
||||
<strong>Name </strong>The name of this protocol.
|
||||
<strong>Upload </strong>The full path and filename and parameters to upload files.
|
||||
<strong>Download </strong>The full path and filename and parameters to download files.
|
||||
<strong>Available </strong>If this protocol is available.
|
||||
<strong>Batching </strong>If this is a batching protocol.
|
||||
<strong>Bi direct </strong>If this is a bi-directional protocol (Not supported yet).
|
||||
<strong>Advice </strong>A small advice to the user shown before the transfer starts.
|
||||
<strong>Efficiency </strong>The efficiency in percent. Has no real meaning.
|
||||
<strong>Deleted </strong>If this protocol must be deleted.
|
||||
<strong>Sec. level </strong>The security level a user must have to select this protocol.
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
<IMG SRC="../images/protocol.gif" width="589" height="343">
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="bbs.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to BBS index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,29 +1,30 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Safe Cracker Data.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Safe Cracker Data</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is meant to edit users personal safe cracker records and to reset
|
||||
the winner. This is not available yet.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="bbs.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to BBS index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Safe Cracker Data.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - Safe Cracker Data</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is meant to edit users personal safe cracker records and to reset
|
||||
the winner. This is not available yet.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="bbs.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to BBS index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
|
@ -1,37 +1,38 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Create Sitedocs.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Create Sitedocs.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Create Sitedocs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This option creates 3 documents in the doc directory under the home directory
|
||||
of MBSE BBS, site.doc, xref.doc and stat.doc. Only the file site.doc is more
|
||||
or less complete, the other 2 are heavily under construction. These three
|
||||
files are a complete reference of your BBS setup. Especially the site.doc is
|
||||
a large document, think at least four times before you send it to a printer.
|
||||
The document xref.doc will contain lists with data from your setup that
|
||||
depends on eachother. The file stat.doc will be a listing of all statistic
|
||||
counters that are present in several data files.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Create Sitedocs.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Create Sitedocs.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Create Sitedocs</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This option creates 3 documents in the doc directory under the home directory
|
||||
of MBSE BBS, site.doc, xref.doc and stat.doc. Only the file site.doc is more
|
||||
or less complete, the other 2 are heavily under construction. These three
|
||||
files are a complete reference of your BBS setup. Especially the site.doc is
|
||||
a large document, think at least four times before you send it to a printer.
|
||||
The document xref.doc will contain lists with data from your setup that
|
||||
depends on eachother. The file stat.doc will be a listing of all statistic
|
||||
counters that are present in several data files.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,31 +1,32 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Show Software Information.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Show Software Information.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This screen shows the information about the MBSE BBS software, copyright and
|
||||
release policy.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - Show Software Information.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 30-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - Show Software Information.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>Introduction</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This screen shows the information about the MBSE BBS software, copyright and
|
||||
release policy.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
|
@ -1,37 +1,38 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>File Echo's Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The File Echo's Setup is split in the following sections:
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fegroup.html">File echo groups</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fileecho.html">File echo areas</A>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="hatch.html">Hatch manager</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="magic.html">Magic files</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - File Echo's Setup.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H3>File Echo's Setup.</H3>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
The File Echo's Setup is split in the following sections:
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fegroup.html">File echo groups</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="fileecho.html">File echo areas</A>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="hatch.html">Hatch manager</a>
|
||||
<li><A HREF="magic.html">Magic files</a>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,29 +1,30 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" "content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - TimeBank.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - TimeBank.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is meant to edit the users personal timebank records. This is not
|
||||
available yet.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="bbs.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to BBS index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0" width="40" height="30"> Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0" width="33" height="35"> Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
<META name="author" lang="en" content="Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="copyright" lang="en" content="Copyright Michiel Broek">
|
||||
<META name="description" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS Manual">
|
||||
<META name="keywords" lang="en" content="MBSE BBS, MBSE, BBS, manual, fido, fidonet, gateway, tosser, mail, tic, mailer">
|
||||
<TITLE>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - TimeBank.</TITLE>
|
||||
<LINK rel=stylesheet HREF="../manual.css">
|
||||
</HEAD>
|
||||
<BODY>
|
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
<h5>Last update 29-Jan-2001</h5>
|
||||
<P> <P>
|
||||
|
||||
<H1>MBSE BBS Setup - BBS Setup - TimeBank.</H1>
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
This is meant to edit the users personal timebank records. This is not
|
||||
available yet.
|
||||
<P>
|
||||
|
||||
<A HREF="bbs.html"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to BBS index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="./"><IMG SRC="../images/larrow.gif" ALT="Back" Border="0">Back to index</A>
|
||||
<A HREF="../"><IMG SRC="../images/b_arrow.gif" ALT="Home" Border="0">Back to main index</A>
|
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
||||
</BODY>
|
||||
</HTML>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
|
@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
|
||||
<HTML>
|
||||
<!-- $Id$ -->
|
||||
<HEAD>
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO 8859-1">
|
||||
<META http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
|
||||
|
Reference in New Issue
Block a user